Replace "you can" with "you could" in NT

en_tn_43-LUK.tsv

@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ LUK	1	25	z1xr	figs-explicit	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1
 LUK	1	25	pn2a	figs-idiom	ἐπεῖδεν	1	he looked upon me	Here, the expression **looked upon** is an idiom that means “shown regard for” or “treated well.” Alternate translation: “he treated me kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	25	lx3p	figs-explicit	ἀφελεῖν ὄνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις	1	to take away my disgrace among people	By **disgrace**, Elizabeth means the shame she felt because she was not able to have children. Alternate translation: “so that I no longer have to feel ashamed when I am around other people because I cannot have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	26	v9w2	figs-explicit	ἐν…τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	in the sixth month	Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the sixth month of the year, but the sixth month of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	1	26	l035	translate-ordinal	τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	the sixth month	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	1	26	l035	translate-ordinal	τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	the sixth month	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	1	26	rl4c	figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the angel Gabriel was sent from God	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	26	l036	translate-names	Γαλιλαίας	1	Galilee	**Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	26	l037	translate-names	Ναζαρὲτ	1	Nazareth	**Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ LUK	1	58	j2xc	figs-metaphor	ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτο
 LUK	1	58	l075	figs-explicit	ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	had magnified his mercy to her	The implication is that God’s great kindness to Elizabeth was to enable her to have a baby. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her by enabling her to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	59	f4ul	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	1	59	l076	translate-unknown	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	on the eighth day	This expression refers to **the eighth day** of the baby’s life, reckoning the day he was born as the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	1	59	gm1k	translate-ordinal	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	on the eighth day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	1	59	gm1k	translate-ordinal	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	on the eighth day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	1	59	ya7d	figs-explicit	ἦλθον περιτεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον	1	they came to circumcise the child	In this culture, family and friends often came to celebrate with the family when a baby was circumcised. This ceremony showed that the baby was a member of the community that was in a special relationship with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the family and friends of Zechariah and Elizabeth came for the baby’s circumcision ceremony, when he would be acknowledged as a member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	59	ip8w	figs-idiom	ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, Ζαχαρίαν	1	they were going to call him after the name of his father, Zechariah	As in [1:13](../01/13.md) and [1:31](../01/31.md), to **call** the name of a child is an idiom meaning to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “they were going to give him the same name as his father, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	60	l077	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεῖσα ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ εἶπεν	1	answering his mother said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that John’s mother responded to the intention of her family and friends to name the baby Zechariah. Alternate translation: “his mother responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ LUK	2	10	l118	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	for behold	The term **behold**
 LUK	2	10	pw8t		εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	I bring you good news of great joy, which will be to all the people	Alternate translation: “I have come to announce good news that will make all the people very happy”
 LUK	2	10	adz8	figs-hyperbole	παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	all the people	This could be: (1) a reference to all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	2	11	l119	figs-infostructure	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	today has been born for you in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord!	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-LUK	2	11	z1us	figs-activepassive	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον	1	today has been born for you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are announcing the birth for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	11	z1us	figs-activepassive	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον	1	today has been born for you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are announcing the birth for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	11	z9m2	figs-explicit	ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	in the city of David	This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	11	l120	figs-explicit	ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος	1	who is Christ the Lord	**Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	12	yj15	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	this will be the sign to you	The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ LUK	2	52	gb25	figs-abstractnouns	Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν τῇ σο
 LUK	2	52	y5qk	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτι παρὰ Θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις	1	in favor with God and people	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **favor**, you could express the idea behind it with verbs. The phrase **in favor with God and people** refers to spiritual and social growth. Alternate translation: “God blessed him more and more, and people admired him more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	3	intro	tkg5			0		# Luke 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. John the Baptist begins preaching and baptizing (3:1-22)<br>2. The list of Jesus’ ancestors (3:23-38)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 3:4-6, which Luke is quoting from the Old Testament about John the Baptist.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br><br>John’s instructions to the soldiers and tax collectors in Luke 3:12-15 are things that a person who wanted to live rightly would find reasonable and willingly do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and Luke [3:12-15](./12.md))<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Such lists were very important in determining who had the right be king, because the king’s authority was usually passed down or inherited from his father. It was also common for other important people to have a recorded genealogy.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Prophecy often involves the use of metaphors to express its meaning. Spiritual discernment is needed for proper interpretation of the prophecy. The prophecy that Luke quotes in 3:4-6 from Isaiah 40:3-5 is an extended metaphor that describes the ministry of John the Baptist. See the individual notes to 3:4-6 for recommendations about how to translate this passage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Herod locked up John in prison”<br><br>This statement could cause confusion because Luke says that John was imprisoned, and then he implies that John was still able to baptize Jesus. But Luke makes this statement in anticipation of Herod’s imprisonment of John. It describes something that was still in the future at the time of the other events in the narrative. See the first note to 3:19 for a further explanation.
 LUK	3	1	l167	writing-newevent	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar	This verse and the beginning of the next one are an extended time reference that introduces a new event. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Everything that the angels and inspired people had said about John and Jesus began to come true during the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	3	1	l168	translate-ordinal	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ	1	in the fifteenth year	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	3	1	l168	translate-ordinal	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ	1	in the fifteenth year	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	3	1	l169	writing-participants	Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	Tiberius Caesar	As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **Caesar** is the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Tiberius, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	3	1	l170	translate-names	Τιβερίου	1	Tiberius	**Tiberius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	1	v22w	translate-names	Ποντίου Πειλάτου…Ἡρῴδου…Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου	1	Pontius Pilate … Herod … Philip … Lysanias	These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ LUK	3	4	zf6m	figs-activepassive	ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λό
 LUK	3	4	l175	figs-metonymy	λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	the words of Isaiah the prophet	Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to the sayings that Isaiah used words to articulate. Alternate translation: “the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	3	4	b86g	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	A voice of one calling out in the wilderness	From this phrase through to the end of [3:6](../03/06.md), Luke quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 LUK	3	4	l176	figs-metonymy	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	A voice of one calling out in the wilderness	The term **voice** refers figuratively to what this person is saying by association with the means they are using to say it. Alternate translation: “Someone is calling out in the wilderness and saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	3	4	l177	figs-quotesinquotes	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight	Everything from this phrase through to the end of [3:6](../03/06.md) is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+LUK	3	4	l177	figs-quotesinquotes	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight	Everything from this phrase through to the end of [3:6](../03/06.md) is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you can translate this material as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	3	4	rzv1	figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight	These two phrases mean similar things. They are both telling people to make a good road for the Lord to travel on. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be helpful to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with another phrase that would show the relationship between them. Alternate translation: “Prepare a good road for the Lord to travel on, and do this by making sure that it follows a straight path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	3	4	h9xl	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	This is a figurative way of telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by giving up their sins. Alternate translation: “Give up your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	5	wk8m	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται	1	Every valley will be filled, and every mountain and hill will be made low	This is a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road that began in the previous verse. When people prepare the road for an important person who is coming, they make sure that the road is level by taking material from high places and using it to fill in low places. However, this is also a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. It is a statement similar to the one Mary makes in [1:52](../01/52.md), “He has thrown down rulers from their thrones and he has raised up the lowly.” Metaphors in Scripture can have more than one reference like this. So we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meanings of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ LUK	3	38	ck3f		τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of Adam, of God	Alternate
 LUK	4	intro	r3vy			0		# Luke 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The devil tempts Jesus in the wilderness (4:1-13)<br>2. Jesus teaches in the synagogue in Nazareth (4:14-30)<br>3. Jesus teaches, heals, and drives out demons in Capernaum (4:31-44)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 4:10-11 and 4:18-19, which is quoted from the Old Testamentt.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Jesus was tempted by the devil”<br><br>While it is true that the devil actually believed that he could persuade Jesus to disobey God and obey him instead, it is important not to imply in your translation that Jesus would ever really have wanted to obey the devil.
 LUK	4	1	n1xx	writing-newevent	Ἰησοῦς δὲ	1	Then Jesus	Luke uses this expression to return to the story after providing background information about Jesus’ ancestors. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a phrase that would provide continuity with the previous episode in the story. Alternate translation: “After John had baptized Jesus, then Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	4	1	l201	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	the Jordan	**Jordan** is the name of a river. Alternate translation: “the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	4	1	v18k	figs-activepassive	ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	was led by the Spirit	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	1	v18k	figs-activepassive	ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	was led by the Spirit	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	2	bls8	figs-verbs	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	for 40 days being tempted by the devil	The Greek verb indicates that the temptation continued throughout the 40 days. You can make this clear in your translation, as UST does: “While he was there, the devil kept tempting him for 40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	4	2	hg5p	figs-activepassive	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	for 40 days being tempted by the devil	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days the devil kept tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	2	k47d	writing-pronouns	καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν	1	he did not eat anything	Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the word **he** refers to Jesus, not to the devil. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ LUK	7	22	lcm2	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1
 LUK	7	22	l372	figs-youdual	πορευθέντες…εἴδετε	1	you have gone … you have seen	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 LUK	7	22	fvz7	figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται…νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	lepers are being cleansed … the dead are being raised back to life, the poor are being told the gospel	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	22	l373	figs-explicit	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	lepers are being cleansed	As in [5:12](../05/12.md), since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	7	22	qbe3	figs-nominaladj	κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ	1	the deaf … the dead … the poor	Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you could translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	7	22	qbe3	figs-nominaladj	κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ	1	the deaf … the dead … the poor	Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	7	23	y4px	figs-activepassive	μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	blessed is anyone who is not offended by me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	23	i7zh	figs-litotes	μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	who is not offended by me	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	7	24	abcd	writing-pronouns	ἤρξατο λέγειν	1	he began to say	Here the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ LUK	7	27	cc5u	figs-you	σου…σου	1	your … you	The words **your** and **y
 LUK	7	27	l378	figs-metaphor	ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	who will prepare your way before you	As in [3:4](../03/04.md), to make a **way** or a road is a figurative expression that means to help people get ready for the coming of the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who will help people get ready for you to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	7	28	yz6b		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to focus the crowd’s attention on what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
 LUK	7	28	rr11	figs-idiom	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	among those born of women	The phrase **those born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	7	28	hfqf	figs-activepassive	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	among those born of women	If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	28	hfqf	figs-activepassive	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	among those born of women	If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	28	gfz7	figs-litotes	μείζων…Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν	1	no one is greater than John	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative term together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “John is the greatest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	7	28	c33u	figs-nominaladj	ὁ…μικρότερος	1	the least	Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	7	28	l379	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “whose life God is ruling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ LUK	8	1	l399	figs-idiom	κατὰ πόλιν καὶ κώμην	1	through city a
 LUK	8	1	l401	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	8	1	l402	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	8	1	l403	translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	8	2	g99l	figs-activepassive	αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν	1	who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	2	g99l	figs-activepassive	αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν	1	who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	2	jq4g	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή	1	Mary who was called Magdalene	**Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	8	2	n4x6	figs-activepassive	Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή	1	Mary who was called Magdalene	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	2	l404	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει	1	from whom seven demons had gone out	The **demons** did not go **out** on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ LUK	8	55	k6w2	figs-explicit	ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆ
 LUK	8	56	c6mp		μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν	1	to tell no one	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “not to tell anyone”
 LUK	9	intro	uc1r			0		# Luke 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus sends his 12 apostles to teach and heal (9:1-9)<br>2. Jesus miraculously feeds 5,000 people (9:10-17)<br>3. Jesus speaks with his disciples about who he is (9:18-27)<br>4. The glory of Jesus is revealed on a mountaintop (9:28-36)<br>5. Jesus drives a demon out of a boy (9:37-43)<br>6. Jesus speaks about being his disciple (9:44-50)<br>7. Jesus begins to travel to Jerusalem (9:51-62)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br><br>God had promised the Jews that the prophet Elijah would return before the Messiah came. So some people who saw Jesus do miracles thought Jesus was Elijah (9:9, 9:19). He was not. However, Elijah did come to earth to speak with Jesus (9:30). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Luke says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it” (9:24).<br><br>### “Receiving”<br><br>This word appears several times in this chapter and means different things. When Jesus says, “If someone receives a little child like this in my name, he also is receiving me, and if someone receives me, he is also receiving the one who sent me” (9:48), he is speaking of people serving the child. When Luke says, “the people there did not receive him” (9:53), he means that the people did not believe in or accept Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
 LUK	9	1	l470	figs-nominaladj	συνκαλεσάμενος…τοὺς δώδεκα	1	when he had called the Twelve together	See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **the Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “when he had called together his 12 apostles” or “when he had called together the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	9	1	l471	translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	9	1	l471	translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	9	1	zqq6	figs-doublet	δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν	1	power and authority	**Power** and **authority** mean similar things. Luke uses them together to show that Jesus gave his 12 disciples both the ability and the right to heal people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this phrase with a combination of words that includes both of these ideas. Alternate translation: “the right to use power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	9	1	fuj7		πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια	1	all the demons	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “every demon” or “every kind of demon”
 LUK	9	1	h8ql		νόσους θεραπεύειν	1	to cure diseases	Alternate translation: “to heal people of their sicknesses”
@@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ LUK	9	10	r2bq	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδά	1	Bethsaida	**Bethsaida** is the
 LUK	9	11	l483	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	9	12	btc8	writing-background	ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα ἤρξατο κλίνειν	1	And the day began to end	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now it was getting towards the end of the day” or “Now the end of the day was approaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	9	12	l484	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	9	12	l485	translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, **the Twelve**, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	9	12	l485	translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, **the Twelve**, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	9	13	l486	figs-litotes	οὐκ εἰσὶν…πλεῖον ἢ	1	There are not more than	The disciples are figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “There are only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	9	13	tay4	translate-unknown	ἄρτοι πέντε	1	five loaves	This means **loaves** of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	9	13	vuc1	figs-irony	εἰ μήτι πορευθέντες, ἡμεῖς ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον βρώματα	1	unless we go and buy food for all these people	The disciples are not making a serious suggestion here. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. Alternate translation: “and we certainly cannot go and buy food for all these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ LUK	9	22	j5k8	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπ
 LUK	9	22	d5je	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι	1	and to be killed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they will kill him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and they will kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	22	l492	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	This word at the beginning of this phrase indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrases described. Alternate translation: “but he will be raised on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	9	22	lw6f	figs-activepassive	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	9	22	mfe8	translate-ordinal	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on day three” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	9	22	mfe8	translate-ordinal	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on day three” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	9	22	l493	figs-idiom	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the**third day**. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day” or “day three,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” or “day two” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” or (if you translated in the first person) “and I will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	9	23	h1u1		πρὸς πάντας	1	to them all	Alternate translation: “to all of his disciples who were with him”
 LUK	9	23	h46s	figs-metaphor	ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	come after me	To follow or to **come after** Jesus represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ LUK	10	21	i2zf	figs-irony	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	the wise and int
 LUK	10	21	l599	figs-doublet	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	the wise and intelligent	The terms **wise** and **intelligent** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people who think they understand everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	10	21	a175	figs-metaphor	νηπίοις	1	infants	**Infants** refers figuratively to people who may not have much education, but who are willing to accept Jesus’ teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. You could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, or you could translate it as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “people who trust my teachings implicitly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	10	21	nm6t	figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	before you	Jesus says **before you** to mean “where you could see” or “in your sight.” Sight, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	10	22	e47e	figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	All things have been handed over to me from my Father	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	22	e47e	figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	All things have been handed over to me from my Father	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	10	22	l600	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	no one knows who the Son is except the Father	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 LUK	10	22	six4		γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς	1	knows who the Son is	Here, the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Son” or “is acquainted with me”
 LUK	10	22	xm3s	figs-123person	γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς	1	knows who the Son is	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “knows who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1924,7 +1924,7 @@ LUK	11	24	s89t	figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθ
 LUK	11	25	b4u3	figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it swept out and put in order	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “it finds that someone has swept the house and put it in order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	25	l680	figs-exmetaphor	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it swept out and put in order	Jesus speaks about the person whom the demon left by continuing the metaphor of a house. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 LUK	11	25	l681	figs-explicit	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it swept out and put in order	The implication is that the house is still empty. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs, but which is still empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	11	26	wqq4	figs-nominaladj	γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου, χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1	the last things of that man become worse than the first things	Here the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition of that person is worse than his original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	11	26	wqq4	figs-nominaladj	γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου, χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1	the last things of that man become worse than the first things	Here the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition of that person is worse than his original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	11	26	l682	figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου	1	that man	Here Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	11	27	m86m	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	11	27	pk7m	figs-idiom	ἐπάρασά…φωνὴν…εἶπεν	1	lifting up her voice, said	The idiom **lifting up her voice** means that the woman spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “said in a loud voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ LUK	12	26	hl4d	figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δύ
 LUK	12	26	l779	figs-nominaladj	ἐλάχιστον	1	the least	Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	12	26	l780	figs-explicit	τῶν λοιπῶν	1	the rest	The implication in context is that Jesus is referring to having food to eat and clothes to wear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having food and clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	27	h293		κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει	1	Consider the lilies—how they grow	Alternate translation: “Think about how the lilies grow”
-LUK	12	27	s8d3	translate-unknown	τὰ κρίνα	1	the lilies	The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you could use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	12	27	s8d3	translate-unknown	τὰ κρίνα	1	the lilies	The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you could use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	27	u3mf	translate-unknown	οὐδὲ νήθει	1	neither do they spin	In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	27	l781		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν	1	But I say to you, not even Solomon	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
 LUK	12	27	nug5	figs-abstractnouns	Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	Solomon in all his glory	The abstract noun **glory** could mean: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth.” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -2461,7 +2461,7 @@ LUK	13	35	l922	figs-explicit	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶ
 LUK	13	35	l923	figs-you	ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν	1	your … you … you	Jesus is now speaking directly to the people who live in Jerusalem, so **your** and **you** would be plural. The pronoun **you** would also be a plural pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	13	35	l924		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	13	35	x4y6		οὐ μὴ με ἴδητέ ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε	1	you will certainly not see me until it comes when you say	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make this a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the next time you see me, you will say”
-LUK	13	35	l925	figs-idiom	ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε	1	until it comes when you say	The expression **it comes** means “the time comes.” You could express that in your translation, or, if your language does not speak of time as “coming,” you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “until the time comes when you say” or “until the time when you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	13	35	l925	figs-idiom	ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε	1	until it comes when you say	The expression **it comes** means “the time comes.” You could express that in your translation, or, if your language does not speak of time as “coming,” you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “until the time comes when you say” or “until the time when you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	13	35	l926	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτε εἴπητε, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	when you say, ‘Blessed is the one who comes in the name of the Lord’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “when you say that the one who comes in the name of the Lord is blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	13	35	v6lj	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	God’s **name** figuratively represents his power and authority. Alternate translation: “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	14	intro	xk3w			0		# Luke 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus attends a banquet and tells a parable about a banquet (14:1-24)<br>2. Jesus teaches more about being his disciple (14:25-35)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Parable<br><br>Jesus told the parable in Luke 14:15-24 to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy, but many people will refuse to be part of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted” (14:11).
@@ -2851,7 +2851,7 @@ LUK	16	24	rc6x	figs-hyperbole	καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν
 LUK	16	24	qix8	figs-activepassive	ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ	1	I am tormented in this flame	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this flame is making me suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	25	m085	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ Ἀβραάμ, τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθά σου ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ κακά. νῦν δὲ ὧδε παρακαλεῖται, σὺ δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι	1	But Abraham said, ‘Child, remember that in your lifetime you received your good things, and Lazarus in like manner bad things. But now he is comforted here, and you are tormented	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham, addressing the rich man as his descendant, told him to remember that he had received good things in his lifetime, while Lazarus had received bad things in his lifetime, but now Lazarus was receiving comforts with him, while the rich man was suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	16	25	m086	figs-metaphor	τέκνον	1	Child	Abraham is using the term **child** figuratively to mean “descendant.” As a Jew, the rich man was a descendant of Abraham. Abraham is likely using the term in a compassionate way. Alternate translation: “My dear child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	16	25	we9w	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀγαθά σου	1	the good of yours	Abraham is using the adjective **good** as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	16	25	we9w	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀγαθά σου	1	the good of yours	Abraham is using the adjective **good** as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	16	25	rv17		ὁμοίως	1	likewise	Abraham is referring to the fact that both men received something while they lived on earth. He is not saying that what they received was the same. Alternate translation: “while he was living received”
 LUK	16	25	hwc8	figs-nominaladj	τὰ κακά	1	the bad	Abraham is using the adjective **bad** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. It is plural. Alternate translation: “bad things” or “things that caused him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	16	25	g4js	figs-activepassive	παρακαλεῖται	1	he is comforted	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he is comfortable” or “he is receiving things that make him happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -3061,7 +3061,7 @@ LUK	17	37	m191		ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	answerin
 LUK	17	37	m192	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	answering they say to him	Together the two words **answering** and **say** mean that the disciples responded to what Jesus had been telling them by asking him a question about it. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	17	37	wmg6	figs-explicit	ποῦ, Κύριε	1	Where, Lord	The implication is that the disciples are asking where the things that Jesus has been describing will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, where will these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	37	fen1	writing-proverbs	ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	Where the body is, there also the vultures will be gathered together	Jesus may be quoting a popular proverb of the time. Alternate translation: “The location will be obvious from the things that you see happening there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
-LUK	17	37	m193	figs-metaphor	ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	Where the body is, there also the vultures will be gathered together	In this proverb, **the body** and **the vultures** are figurative. If you would like to present the same image to your readers but your language does not use metaphors, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as vultures gather where there is a dead body, so the things I have described will indicate where this is about to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	17	37	m193	figs-metaphor	ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	Where the body is, there also the vultures will be gathered together	In this proverb, **the body** and **the vultures** are figurative. If you would like to present the same image to your readers but your language does not use metaphors, you can express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as vultures gather where there is a dead body, so the things I have described will indicate where this is about to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	17	37	m6ca	translate-unknown	οἱ ἀετοὶ	1	the vultures	The word **vultures** describes large birds that travel in flocks and eat the flesh of dead animals that they find. If your readers would not be familiar with **vultures**, you could use the name of similar birds in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	17	37	m194	figs-activepassive	ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	will be gathered together	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will flock together” or “will assemble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	intro	v92v			0		# Luke 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells a parable about a widow and a judge (18:1-8)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a Pharisee and a tax collector (18:9-14)<br>3. Jesus blesses little children (18:15-17)<br>4. Jesus teaches about wealth and the kingdom of God (18:18-30)<br>5. Jesus warns about his impending death (18:31-34)<br>6. Jesus heals a blind man in Jericho (18:35-43)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judges<br><br>People expected judges always to do what God said was right and to make sure that other people did what was right. But some judges did not care about doing right or making sure others did right. Jesus called this kind of judge “unjust.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Pharisees and tax collectors<br><br>The Pharisees thought that they themselves were the best examples of good, righteous people, and they thought that tax collectors were the most unrighteous of sinners. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “that he had become sad”<br><br>At the beginning of 18:24, in the story of the ruler who asked Jesus how he could have eternal life, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible say that Jesus saw “that he had become sad.” However, the ancient manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not have that phrase. They say simply that Jesus looked at him. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.<br><br>### “we have left everything”<br><br>In 18:28, in some ancient manuscripts of the Bible, Peter says that the disciples have left “everything” to follow Jesus. In other manuscripts, the expression is “our own possessions.” ULT says “everything” in its text, but it acknowledges the variant “our own possessions” in a footnote.<br><br>In each of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@@ -3179,7 +3179,7 @@ LUK	18	30	m238	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ…ἐν τῷ
 LUK	18	30	d3xa	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and in the age that is coming, eternal life	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. you could supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and they will also receive eternal life in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	18	31	pwk9		παραλαβὼν…τοὺς δώδεκα	1	he took the Twelve aside	Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
 LUK	18	31	m239	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	18	31	m240	translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	18	31	m240	translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	18	31	g4yx	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	18	31	m241	figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	we are going up to Jerusalem	When Jesus says that they are **going up** to Jerusalem, he means that they are traveling there. That was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “we are traveling to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	18	31	pg4k	figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	all the things that have been written by the prophets	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the things that the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -3195,7 +3195,7 @@ LUK	18	32	m244	figs-123person	ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθ
 LUK	18	33	u86r	figs-123person	καὶ μαστιγώσαντες, ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν; καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται	1	And having whipped him, they will kill him. And on the third day he will rise up	If you decided in [18:31](../18/31.md) to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, use it here as well. Alternate translation: “And after they have whipped me, they will kill me. But two days later I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	18	33	fie4	figs-explicit	καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται	1	And on the third day he will rise up	See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the **third day**. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	33	m245	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	And on the third day	Jesus uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the belief of the authorities that they could kill him and the fact that he would come back to life. Alternate translation: “but on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	18	33	m246	translate-ordinal	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	18	33	m246	translate-ordinal	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	18	33	m247	figs-metonymy	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise up	Jesus speaks figuratively of his coming back to life as if he will **rise up**, since he will come **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	18	34	bm7h		αὐτοὶ οὐδὲν τούτων συνῆκαν	1	they understood none of these things	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “they did not understand any of these things”
 LUK	18	34	b29z	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν τούτων	1	none of these things	Implicitly, **these things** refers to Jesus’ description of how he would suffer and die in Jerusalem and then rise from the dead. Alternate translation: “none of what Jesus had told them about what was going to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3287,7 +3287,7 @@ LUK	19	15	m285	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἀργύριον	1	the silver	Jesus is speak
 LUK	19	15	xc6s		τί διεπραγματεύσαντο	1	what they had gained by doing business	Alternate translation: “how much money they had earned with the money he had given them”
 LUK	19	16	iy7i	figs-quotesinquotes	παρεγένετο…ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς	1	the first came and said, ‘Master, your mina has earned ten minas’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	16	m286	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	19	16	mf96	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	19	16	mf96	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	19	16	ejx9	figs-personification	ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς	1	your mina has earned ten minas	The servant is speaking figuratively of the **mina** as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	19	16	j7ag	translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	mina	See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 LUK	19	17	abcq	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων	1	And he said to him, ‘Well done, good servant. Because you were faithful in very little, be having authority over ten cities’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he had shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -3297,7 +3297,7 @@ LUK	19	17	t6zk		ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ	1	in very little	This could mean: (1)
 LUK	19	17	m288	figs-imperative	ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων	1	be having authority over ten cities	The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	19	18	zsr1	figs-quotesinquotes	ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	the second came and said, ‘Your mina, master, has made five minas’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	18	m289	figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	19	18	ic7p	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	19	18	ic7p	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	19	18	irh6	figs-personification	ἡ μνᾶ σου…ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	Your mina … has made five minas	The servant is speaking figuratively of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	19	18	d811	translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	mina	See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 LUK	19	19	abcr	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, καὶ σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων	1	So he also said to this one, ‘And you will be over five cities’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king similarly told this second servant that he was making him the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -3468,7 +3468,7 @@ LUK	20	10	isk1	figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν
 LUK	20	11	r72a		ἀτιμάσαντες	1	treated him shamefully	Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
 LUK	20	11	vxh2	figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν	1	sent him away empty	See how you translated this in [20:10](../20/10.md). Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	12	m363	figs-nominaladj	τρίτον	1	a third	Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	20	12	lr3h	translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	a third	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	20	12	lr3h	translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	a third	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	20	12	ub4g		οἱ…καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες	1	they also wounded that one	Alternate translation: “they injured that servant as well”
 LUK	20	12	h32a	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον	1	threw him out	Jesus is likely speaking figuratively when he says that the farmers **threw** this servant out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased him off the property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	13	m364		ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	the lord of the vineyard	Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
@@ -3538,26 +3538,26 @@ LUK	20	28	m388	figs-metaphor	σπέρμα	1	seed	See how you translated this fig
 LUK	20	29	c2jr	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	οὖν	1	Therefore	The Sadducees are not saying this to draw a logical inference, but to lead into a question about a hypothetical possibility. Alternate translation (as a separate sentence): “We would like to ask you how this law would be applied in a possible situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 LUK	20	29	ax5n	figs-hypo	ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος, λαβὼν γυναῖκα, ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος	1	there were seven brothers, and the first, having taken a wife, died childless	While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	20	29	si57	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	20	29	m389	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	20	29	m389	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	20	30	m390	figs-hypo	καὶ	1	and	The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	20	30	p5mw	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὁ δεύτερος	1	and the second	The division at the end of this verse separates this subject from its verb, effectively creating an ellipsis that is not in the original Greek. The verb, “took her,” must now be supplied from the next verse. Alternate translation: “the second brother then married her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	20	30	m391	figs-explicit	καὶ ὁ δεύτερος	1	and the second	The implication, as the next verse says specifically, is that after this second brother married the first brother’s widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the second brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	30	m392	figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	20	30	r4xe	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	20	30	r4xe	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	20	31	m393	figs-hypo	καὶ	1	and	The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	20	31	d5tq	figs-explicit	ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν	1	the third took her	The implication, as the end of the verse says specifically, is that after this third brother married the widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The third brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	31	m394	figs-nominaladj	ὁ τρίτος	1	the third	Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	20	31	ky9p	translate-ordinal	ὁ τρίτος	1	the third	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	20	31	ky9p	translate-ordinal	ὁ τρίτος	1	the third	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	20	31	f1fj	figs-explicit	ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ, οὐ κατέλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον	1	and likewise the seven also left no children, and died	The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the rest of the seven brothers married this widow, but they all died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	33	avu1		ἐν τῇ…ἀναστάσει	1	in the resurrection	The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
 LUK	20	33	m395	figs-hypo	οὖν	1	Therefore	This introduces the question that the Sadducees had planned all along to ask Jesus about the hypothetical situation they were describing. If you said “Suppose” in the previous three verses, you could begin this sentence with “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	20	33	m396		οἱ…ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα	1	the seven had her as wife	Alternate translation: “each of the seven were married to her”
 LUK	20	34	nlu3	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage	In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you could use a single term here. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	20	34	m397	figs-activepassive	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you could use two different active verbal forms here, and you can state who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	20	34	m397	figs-activepassive	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can state who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	34	n91c	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	the sons of this age	The term **sons of** is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of living in the present world. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	20	34	m398	figs-gendernotations	οἱ υἱοὶ	1	the sons	Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	20	34	m399	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	this age	As in [16:8](../16/08.md), here the term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world; by association, it means the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	20	35	m8m9	figs-activepassive	οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage	As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you could use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	20	35	m8m9	figs-activepassive	οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage	As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	35	m400	figs-activepassive	οἱ…καταξιωθέντες	1	those who are considered worthy	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	35	m401	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	to obtain that age and resurrection that is from the dead	Jesus is using the word **age** in the same figurative sense as in [18:30](../18/30.md), to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	35	ct9h	figs-abstractnouns	τυχεῖν…τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	to obtain … the resurrection that is from the dead	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **resurrection**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -3577,7 +3577,7 @@ LUK	20	37	nx7f	figs-verbs	λέγει	1	he calls	In many languages, it is convent
 LUK	20	37	pqm8	figs-explicit	τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ	1	the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob	The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	37	m407	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ	1	Abraham … Isaac … Jacob	translate-names
 LUK	20	38	tdq7	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Jesus uses this word to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	20	38	u1y5	figs-parallelism	οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	not … of the dead, but of the living	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+LUK	20	38	u1y5	figs-parallelism	οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	not … of the dead, but of the living	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	20	38	m408	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	38	dxi9	figs-nominaladj	ζώντων	1	the living	Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	38	i6am	figs-explicit	πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν	1	for all are alive to him	Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are **dead** as far as other people are concerned, they are **alive** as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3805,7 +3805,7 @@ LUK	22	3	r65v		εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς	1	entered into	This was probably ver
 LUK	22	3	m499	translate-names	Ἰούδαν…Ἰσκαριώτην	1	Judas Iscariot	**Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing surname. See how you translated these words in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	3	m500	figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην	1	the one called Iscariot	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	3	m501	figs-nominaladj	ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα	1	who was from the number of the Twelve	See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	22	3	m502	translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	22	3	m502	translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	4	qpi4	figs-explicit	στρατηγοῖς	1	captains	The temple had its own guards, and these were their commanding officers. Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	4	s7qx	writing-pronouns	πῶς αὐτοῖς παραδῷ αὐτόν	1	how he might deliver him to them	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “how he could help them arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	22	5	ir4p		ἐχάρησαν	1	they rejoiced	Alternate translation: “this made the chief priests and captains very glad”
@@ -3831,7 +3831,7 @@ LUK	22	11	iv6f		ὁ διδάσκαλος	1	the Teacher	**Teacher** is a respectf
 LUK	22	11	pq8q	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	the Passover	Jesus is telling Peter and John to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	12	lpw6		κἀκεῖνος	1	and that one	Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house”
 LUK	22	12	lg2z	translate-unknown	ἀνάγαιον	1	upper room	In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	22	12	m506	figs-activepassive	ἐστρωμένον	1	furnished	This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	12	m506	figs-activepassive	ἐστρωμένον	1	furnished	This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	13	m507	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	22	13	g9ty	figs-explicit	ἀπελθόντες	1	they went	The implication is that these two disciples went into the city of Jerusalem, as Jesus had told them to do. Alternate translation: “Peter and John went into the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	13	m508	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	the Passover	Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3969,7 +3969,7 @@ LUK	22	47	kt25	writing-participants	ὄχλος	1	a crowd	Luke is introducing ne
 LUK	22	47	m565	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας	1	the one called Judas	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whose name was Judas” or “the man that people called Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	47	m56x	translate-names	Ἰούδας	1	Judas	**Judas** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [22:3](../22/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	47	m567	figs-nominaladj	εἷς τῶν δώδεκα	1	one of the Twelve	See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 men Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	22	47	m568	translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate **Twelve** as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	22	47	m568	translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate **Twelve** as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	47	mva7	figs-explicit	προήρχετο αὐτούς	1	was leading them	Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not the person in charge of the whole group. Alternate translation: “leading them to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	47	c2l7	translate-symaction	φιλῆσαι αὐτόν	1	to kiss him	In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. Alternate translation: “to greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “to give him a friendly greeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	22	48	e2n9	figs-rquestion	φιλήματι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως?	1	are you betraying the Son of Man with a kiss?	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Judas. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be using a kiss to betray the Son of Man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -4125,7 +4125,7 @@ LUK	23	20	vbp4	writing-pronouns	πάλιν…προσεφώνησεν αὐτο
 LUK	23	20	t1i2	grammar-connect-logic-result	θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	desiring to release Jesus	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this phrase before the previous one, as UST does, since it gives the reason why Pilate spoke to the leaders and the crowd again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	23	21	m614	translate-unknown	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	Crucify, crucify him	As a note to [14:27](../14/27.md) explains, the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to **crucify** someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	23	21	m615	figs-imperative	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	Crucify, crucify him	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	23	22	iz5v	translate-ordinal	ὁ…τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he spoke to them a third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	23	22	iz5v	translate-ordinal	ὁ…τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he spoke to them a third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	23	22	ck75	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος?	1	For what evil has this one done?	Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	23	22	de5a		οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ	1	No cause for death have I found in him	Alternate translation: “I have not found any grounds to convict him of a crime for which he should be executed”
 LUK	23	22	mij1	figs-explicit	παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	Therefore, having punished him, I will release him	See the note to this same sentence in [23:16](../23/16.md). Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment, because he was innocent. It seems that Pilate decided to punish Jesus anyway to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4232,11 +4232,11 @@ LUK	23	43	m659		σήμερον μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ Παρ
 LUK	23	43	f1fl		τῷ Παραδείσῳ	1	in paradise	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the term **paradise**. Alternate translation: “in the place where people whom God has accepted go when they die”
 LUK	23	44	m660	writing-background	καὶ ἦν ἤδη	1	And it was already	Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. He explains that it was about noon so that readers will appreciate how extraordinary it was that the entire sky became dark. Alternate translation: “Now by this time it was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	23	44	x7fl		ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	about the sixth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon”
-LUK	23	44	m661	translate-ordinal	ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	about the sixth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	23	44	m661	translate-ordinal	ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	about the sixth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	23	44	q4t3		σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	darkness was over the whole land	The term translated as **land** could refer to: (1) a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area” (2) the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth”
 LUK	23	44	m662	figs-metonymy	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	darkness was over the whole land	This could also be a figurative reference to the sky, since it is **over** the **land**. Alternate translation: “the entire sky became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	23	44	e8zn		ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	until the ninth hour	This phrase also expresses the way people in this culture began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “until three o’clock in the afternoon”
-LUK	23	44	m663	translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	until the ninth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	23	44	m663	translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	until the ninth hour	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	23	45	hjt3	figs-personification	τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος	1	The sun failed	This means figuratively that **the sun**, as if it were an active agent, **failed** to give its light. Luke is speaking from an observational perspective. The sun was still shining above the darkness, but its light could not be seen through the darkness. Alternate translation: “It was too dark even to see the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	23	45	m664	translate-symaction	ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον	1	the curtain of the temple was torn in the middle	See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	23	45	ssh2	figs-explicit	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ	1	the curtain of the temple	Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4290,7 +4290,7 @@ LUK	23	56	uzk9		ἡσύχασαν	1	they rested	Alternate translation: “the wo
 LUK	23	56	tk6s		κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν	1	according to the commandment	Alternate translation: “as Moses had commanded in the law”
 LUK	24	intro	r5qx			0		# Luke 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The women go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (24:1-12)<br>2. Two disciples meet Jesus on a journey to Emmaus (24:13-35)<br>3. Jesus, risen from the dead, appears to his disciples (24:36-53)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The loyalty of the women<br><br>Many of Luke’s original readers would have thought that women were less important than men. But Luke carefully demonstrates that some women who loved Jesus very much showed him greater loyalty than the twelve disciples did. While the disciples ran away and hid, the women lovingly cared for Jesus’ body, and as a result, they were the first to learn that he had risen from the dead.<br><br>### Resurrection<br><br>Luke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body ([Luke 24:38-43](../24/38.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the third day”<br><br>This expression occurs three times in this chapter, in [24:7](../24/07.md), [24:21](../24/21.md), and [24:46](../24/46.md). See the explanation of this expression in the note to Luke [18:33](../18/33.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day.” By that way of reckoning time, since Jesus died on a Friday, when he rose from the dead on a Sunday, that was the “third day.”<br><br>### Two men in bright shining robes<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all write about angels in white clothing speaking with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Matthew and John call them angels, while Mark and Luke call them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human form. Luke and John write about both angels, while Matthew and Mark write about only one of them. It would be best to translate each of these passages as it appears in ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
 LUK	24	1	m682	figs-explicit	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	on the first of the week	This implicitly means the **first** day of the week. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	24	1	r62f	translate-ordinal	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	on the first of the week	Here Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	24	1	r62f	translate-ordinal	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	on the first of the week	Here Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	24	1	m683	figs-idiom	ὄρθρου βαθέως	1	deeply at dawn	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the first light of dawn” or “as dawn was just beginning to break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	1	qg7a	writing-pronouns	ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθαν	1	they came to the tomb	The pronoun **they** refers to the women whom Luke describes in [23:55-56](../23/55.md). Alternate translation: “these women returned to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	24	2	jq9p		εὗρον…τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον	1	they found the stone rolled away	Alternate translation: “they saw that the stone had been rolled away”
@@ -4318,11 +4318,11 @@ LUK	24	7	m692	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the S
 LUK	24	7	e4ca	figs-metaphor	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	into the hands of sinful men	As in [9:44](../09/44.md), **hands** here figuratively represent power and control. Alternate translation: “and give sinful men power over him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and give sinful men power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	24	7	m693	figs-activepassive	καὶ σταυρωθῆναι	1	and to be crucified	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “and for those sinful men to crucify him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and for those sinful men to crucify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	7	m694	figs-explicit	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστῆναι	1	and on the third day to rise up	See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “and after spending the next full day in the grave, to come back to life on the day after that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	24	7	dta4	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	24	7	dta4	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	24	7	m695	figs-metonymy	ἀναστῆναι	1	to rise up	Jesus spoke figuratively of coming back to life in this way, since it involved coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “to come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	8	rew5	figs-metonymy	ἐμνήσθησαν τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	they remembered his words	Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to describe the statement that Jesus made using words. Alternate translation: “the women remembered what Jesus had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	9	iz68	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς ἕνδεκα	1	the Eleven	This expression is equivalent to “the Twelve,” which occurs in [8:1](../08/01.md) and several other places in the book. See how you translated it there. Luke now says **the Eleven** because Judas Iscariot was no longer part of the group. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective “Twelve” with an equivalent phrase. If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “the 11 men who remained of those whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	24	9	m696	translate-names	τοῖς ἕνδεκα	1	the Eleven	Alternatively, you may have decided in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing with **the Eleven** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+LUK	24	9	m696	translate-names	τοῖς ἕνδεκα	1	the Eleven	Alternatively, you may have decided in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing with **the Eleven** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	24	9	fnh6	figs-explicit	καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς	1	and to all the rest	Implicitly this means all the other disciples of Jesus who were together with the 11 apostles at that time. Alternate translation: “and to all the rest of the disciples who were with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	10	h1ml	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this phrase to introduce some background information, specifically, the names of some of the women who came from the tomb and told the apostles what had happened there. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	24	10	m697	translate-names	Μαγδαληνὴ Μαρία	1	Mary Magdalene	**Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. See how you translated this in [8:2](../08/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -4376,7 +4376,7 @@ LUK	24	21	ljb1	figs-metaphor	ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰ
 LUK	24	21	m726	figs-personification	τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	Israel	The men are speaking of all the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	24	21	d52i	figs-idiom	ἀλλά γε καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις	1	But indeed also with all these things	The men are speaking in an idiomatic way for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And besides all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	21	sg3g	figs-explicit	τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο	1	he is spending this third day since these things happened	By saying **he is spending this third day**, the men are referring to Jesus as if he were alive. However, they are actually saying how long he has been dead. They are going to tell how the women reported that his grave was empty, and they find it unbelievable that anyone who had been dead that long would have gotten up out of the grave. See how you translated the expression **the third day** in 9:22, and express this in the way that your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “the Romans put him to death on the day before yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	24	21	xqc3	translate-ordinal	τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο	1	he is spending this third day since these things happened	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	24	21	xqc3	translate-ordinal	τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο	1	he is spending this third day since these things happened	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	24	22	a3j9		γυναῖκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	some women among us	Alternate translation: “some women in our group”
 LUK	24	22	m727	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς	1	us … us	The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	24	22	du1v		γενόμεναι ὀρθριναὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον	1	having been at the tomb early	The men are using this expression to refer to the **women**, not to themselves. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and continue it into the next verse. Alternate translation: “They went to his tomb early this morning”
@@ -4476,7 +4476,7 @@ LUK	24	46	m780	figs-synecdoche	παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν	1	the Chris
 LUK	24	46	e75f	figs-metonymy	ἀναστῆναι	1	rise up	Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	46	m781	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	24	46	m782	figs-explicit	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). Express this in the way that your language and culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	24	46	r2zy	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LUK	24	46	r2zy	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	24	47	m783	figs-abstractnouns	κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **repentance** and **forgiveness** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “it would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	24	47	w5j5	figs-activepassive	κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “people would go and preach in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	47	lty6	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his name	Here the **name** of the Messiah figuratively represents his authority. Alternate translation: “on his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

en_tn_48-2CO.tsv

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	1	1	f59u		Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1	Timothy our brother	The word **our** indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew **Timothy** and considered him to be their spiritual **brother**.
 2CO	1	1	mhg5	translate-names	Ἀχαΐᾳ	1	Achaia	**Achaia** is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2CO	1	2	f6k1		χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη	1	May grace be to you and peace	This is a common greeting that Paul uses in his letters.
-2CO	1	3	px2q	figs-activepassive	εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	1	3	px2q	figs-activepassive	εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	1	3	k7dl		ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ	1	the God and Father	Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father”
 2CO	1	3	pg4a	figs-parallelism	ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως	1	the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort	These two phrases express the same idea in two different ways. Both phrases refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 2CO	1	3	blv4		ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως	1	the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort	This could mean: (1) the words **mercies** and **all comfort** describe the character of **Father** and **God**. (2) the words **Father** and **God** refer to one who is the source of **mercies** and **all comfort**.
@@ -15,19 +15,19 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	1	5	i254		τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the sufferings of Christ	This could refer to: (1) the **sufferings** that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ. (2) the **sufferings** that Christ experienced on their behalf.
 2CO	1	5	tg9w	figs-metaphor	περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν	2	our comfort abounds	Paul speaks of **comfort** as if it were an object that could increase in size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	1	6	y9bi	figs-exclusive	εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα	1	But if we are afflicted	Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2CO	1	6	ylw2	figs-activepassive	εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	1	6	wyj4	figs-activepassive	εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα	1	if we are comforted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	1	6	ylw2	figs-activepassive	εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	1	6	wyj4	figs-activepassive	εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα	1	if we are comforted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	1	6	cfq7		τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως, τῆς ἐνεργουμένης	1	your comfort that results	Alternate translation: “you experience effective comfort”
 2CO	1	8	jqn8	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	we do not want you to be uninformed	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … uninformed**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	1	8	pr8a	figs-metaphor	ὅτι καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν	1	We were so completely crushed beyond our strength	Paul and Timothy refer to their emotions of despair being like a heavy weight they have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	1	8	gu5b	figs-activepassive	ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν	1	We were so completely crushed	The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	1	8	gu5b	figs-activepassive	ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν	1	We were so completely crushed	The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	1	9	lks3	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν	1	we had the sentence of death on us	Paul and Timothy are comparing their feeling of despair to that of someone condemned to die. Alternate translation: “we were in despair like someone who is condemned to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	1	9	i7up	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ	1	but in God	The words “be putting our trust” are left out of this phrase. Alternate translation: “but instead, be putting our trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2CO	1	9	bu2y	figs-idiom	τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς	1	who raises the dead	Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2CO	1	10	x4kh	figs-metaphor	θανάτου	1	a deadly peril	Paul compares his feeling of despair as a result of the troubles that they experienced to a **deadly peril** or terrible danger. Alternate translation: “despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	1	10	mwn9		καὶ ἔτι ῥύσεται	1	he will continue to deliver us	Alternate translation: “he also will continue to rescue us”
 2CO	1	11	q17d		συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῇ δεήσει	1	as you also join together … on our behalf	Alternate translation: “God will rescue us from danger as you, the people of the church of Corinth, also help us by praying with us”
-2CO	1	11	k1fl	figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα	1	the gracious favor given to us	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	1	11	k1fl	figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα	1	the gracious favor given to us	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	1	12	kqv3	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἀνεστράφημεν	1	General Information:	In these verses Paul uses the words **our**, **we**, and **ourselves** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who served with them. These words do not include the people he was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2CO	1	12	r9p8		ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν	1	For our proud confidence is this	The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
 2CO	1	12	c7mu	figs-personification	τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν	1	the testimony of our conscience	Paul speaks of not being guilty as if his **conscience** were a person that could testify. Alternate translation: “we know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -59,17 +59,17 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	2	1	wh9c			0	Connecting Statement:	Because of his great love for them, Paul makes it clear that his rebuke in his first letter to them (the rebuke of their acceptance of the sin of immorality) caused him pain as well as pain to the church people in Corinth and the immoral man.
 2CO	2	1	ij73		ἐν λύπῃ	1	in sorrow	Alternate translation: “in circumstances that would cause you pain”
 2CO	2	2	nb6x	figs-rquestion	εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, καὶ τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με, εἰ μὴ ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ?	1	If I caused you pain, who could cheer me up but the very one who was hurt by me?	Paul uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that neither he nor they would benefit if his coming to them would cause them pain. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I caused you pain, the only ones who could cheer me up would be the very ones whom I had hurt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-2CO	2	2	x2vr	figs-activepassive	ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ	1	the very one who was hurt by me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the very one whom I had hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	2	2	x2vr	figs-activepassive	ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ	1	the very one who was hurt by me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the very one whom I had hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	3	kxu2	figs-explicit	ἔγραψα τοῦτο αὐτὸ	1	I wrote this same thing	Paul is referring to another letter that he had written to the Corinthian Christians, but which no longer exists. Alternate translation: “I wrote as I did in my previous letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2CO	2	3	v87i	figs-activepassive	μὴ…λύπην σχῶ ἀφ’ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν	1	I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice	Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	2	3	v87i	figs-activepassive	μὴ…λύπην σχῶ ἀφ’ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν	1	I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice	Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	3	i5r6		ἡ ἐμὴ χαρὰ πάντων ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	my joy is the same joy you all have	Alternate translation: “what gives me joy is what gives you joy, too”
 2CO	2	4	uch7		ἐκ γὰρ πολλῆς θλίψεως	1	from great affliction	Here the word **affliction** refers to emotional pain.
 2CO	2	4	vs7m	figs-metonymy	συνοχῆς καρδίας	1	with anguish of heart	Here the word **heart** refers to the location of the emotions. Alternate translation: “with extreme sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	2	4	d5vf		διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων	1	with many tears	Alternate translation: “with much crying”
-2CO	2	6	iy4r	figs-activepassive	ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων	1	This punishment of that person by the majority is enough	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The punishment that the majority gave that person is sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	2	6	wr3k	figs-abstractnouns	ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ** punishment**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The way that the majority has punished that person is enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2CO	2	6	iy4r	figs-activepassive	ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων	1	This punishment of that person by the majority is enough	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The punishment that the majority gave that person is sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	2	6	wr3k	figs-abstractnouns	ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ** punishment**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The way that the majority has punished that person is enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	2	6	a7c4		ἱκανὸν	1	is enough	Alternate translation: “is sufficient”
-2CO	2	7	vpx1	figs-activepassive	μή πως τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ, καταποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος	1	he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow	This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not want too much sorrow to overwhelm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	2	7	vpx1	figs-activepassive	μή πως τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ, καταποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος	1	he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow	This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not want too much sorrow to overwhelm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	8	r916			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul encourages the church in Corinth to show love and to forgive the person they have punished. He writes that he, also, has forgiven him.
 2CO	2	8	yi2z		κυρῶσαι εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγάπην	1	publicly affirm your love for him	This means that they are to confirm their **love** for this man in the presence of all of the believers.
 2CO	2	9	xw5t	figs-explicit	εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε	1	you are obedient in everything	This could mean: (1) the Corinthians **are obedient** to God **in everything**. (2) the Corinthians **are obedient** **in everything** that Paul has taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	2	11	m46t	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν	1	For we are not ignorant of his plans	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not ignorant**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “For we know his plans well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	2	12	l6vd			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul encourages the believers in Corinth by telling them of the opportunities he has had to preach the gospel in Troas and Macedonia.
 2CO	2	12	a1ti	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	a door for the gospel of Christ was opened to me in the Lord	Paul speaks of his opportunity to preach the **gospel** as if it were a **door** through which he was allowed to walk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	2	12	n9cr	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord indeed opened a door to me to preach the gospel of Christ” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity to preach the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	2	12	n9cr	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord indeed opened a door to me to preach the gospel of Christ” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity to preach the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	13	rjy9		οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πνεύματί μου	1	I had no relief in my spirit	Alternate translation: “My mind was troubled” or “I was worried”
 2CO	2	13	xd5h		Τίτον τὸν ἀδελφόν μου	1	my brother Titus	Paul speaks of **Titus** as his spiritual **brother**.
 2CO	2	13	wq6j		ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς	1	So I left them	Alternate translation: “So I left the people of Troas”
@@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	2	14	eq21		φανεροῦντι…ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ	1	he spreads … everywhere	Alternate translation: “he spreads … everywhere we go”
 2CO	2	15	x6nn	figs-metaphor	Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ	1	we are to God the sweet aroma of Christ	Paul speaks of his ministry as if it were the pleasing smell of a burnt offering that someone offers to **God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	2	15	b1k1		Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ	1	the sweet aroma of Christ	This could refer to: (1) the sweet aroma which is the knowledge of **Christ**. (2) the sweet aroma that **Christ** offers.
-2CO	2	15	itc8	figs-activepassive	τοῖς σῳζομένοις	1	those who are saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	2	15	itc8	figs-activepassive	τοῖς σῳζομένοις	1	those who are saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	16	dwk6	figs-metaphor	ὀσμὴ	1	an aroma	This refers back to [2 Corinthians 2:14](../02/14.md), where Paul speaks of the knowledge of Christ as if it were incense that has a pleasing smell. Alternate translation: “the knowledge of Christ is an aroma” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	2	16	ud2u	figs-doublet	ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον	1	an aroma from death to death	This could mean: (1) the word **death** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that causes death.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of **death** that causes people to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-2CO	2	16	v2n3	figs-activepassive	οἷς	1	to the other	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	2	16	v2n3	figs-activepassive	οἷς	1	to the other	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	2	16	cdr3	figs-doublet	ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν	1	a fragrance from life to life	This could mean: (1) the word **life** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that gives life.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of life that gives people **life**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2CO	2	16	be6x	figs-rquestion	πρὸς ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός?	1	who is worthy of these things?	Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is worthy to do the ministry that God has called them to do. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is worthy of these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2CO	2	17	a5sa	figs-metonymy	καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	who sell the word of God	Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “who sell God’s message to make money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -102,15 +102,15 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	3	1	ad1u		συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν	1	letters of recommendation	This refers to **letters** that people write to introduce and give their approval of someone else.
 2CO	3	2	ty59	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν ὑμεῖς ἐστε	1	You yourselves are our letter of recommendation	Paul speaks of the Corinthians as if they are a **letter** of recommendation. That they have become believers serves to validate Paul’s ministry to others. Alternate translation: “You yourselves are like our letter of recommendation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	3	2	v2e7	figs-metonymy	ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1	written on our hearts	Here the word **hearts** refers to their thoughts and emotions. This could mean: (1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation. (2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2CO	3	2	bu1u	figs-activepassive	ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1	written on our hearts	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form with “Christ” as the implied subject, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Christ has written on our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	3	2	dr5k	figs-activepassive	γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων	1	known and read by all people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	2	bu1u	figs-activepassive	ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1	written on our hearts	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form with “Christ” as the implied subject, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Christ has written on our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	2	dr5k	figs-activepassive	γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων	1	known and read by all people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	3	s717	figs-explicit	ἐστὲ ἐπιστολὴ Χριστοῦ	1	you are a letter from Christ	Paul clarifies that Christ is the one who has written the **letter**. Alternate translation: “you are a letter that Christ has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	3	3	wrk4		διακονηθεῖσα ὑφ’ ἡμῶν	1	cared for by us	Alternate translation: “brought by us”
 2CO	3	3	q96q		ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος, οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις	1	It was written not with ink … on tablets of human hearts	Paul clarifies that the Corinthians are like a spiritual letter, not like a letter that humans write with physical objects.
 2CO	3	3	vyuh	figs-ellipsis	ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1		The verb “written” is implied in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not written with ink, but written with the Spirit of the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2CO	3	3	qt5g	figs-activepassive	ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1	It was written not with ink but by the Spirit of the living God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people wrote with ink but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	3	qt5g	figs-activepassive	ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος	1	It was written not with ink but by the Spirit of the living God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people wrote with ink but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	3	t5ah	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις	1	not on tablets of stone, but on tablets of human hearts	The verb “written” is implied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “not a letter that was written on stone tablets, but a letter that was written on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-2CO	3	3	ih89	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people engraved on stone tablets but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	3	ih89	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people engraved on stone tablets but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	3	u959	figs-metaphor	πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις	1	tablets of human hearts	Paul speaks of their **hearts** as if they are flat pieces of stone or clay upon which people engraved letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	3	4	z7qx		πεποίθησιν δὲ τοιαύτην ἔχομεν	1	such confidence	This refers to what Paul has just said. His **confidence** comes from knowing that the Corinthians are the validation of his ministry before God.
 2CO	3	5	qye9		ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν ἱκανοί	1	competent in ourselves	Alternate translation: “qualified in ourselves” or “sufficient in ourselves”
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	3	7	lyf7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul contrasts the fading glory of the old covenant with the superiority and freedom of the new covenant. He contrasts the veil of Moses with the clarity of present revelation. The time of Moses was a less clear picture of what is now revealed.
 2CO	3	7	ut6r	figs-irony	εἰ δὲ ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου…ἐγενήθη ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε	1	Now if the ministry that produced death … came in such glory	Paul emphasizes that although the law leads to **death**, it was still very glorious. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 2CO	3	7	du65	figs-explicit	ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου	1	the ministry that produced death	Here, **the ministry of death** refers to the Old Testament law that God gave through Moses. Alternate translation: “the ministry that causes death because it is based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2CO	3	7	j1hp	figs-activepassive	ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις	1	engraved in letters on stones	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God carved into stone with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	7	j1hp	figs-activepassive	ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις	1	engraved in letters on stones	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God carved into stone with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	7	r5p5		ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε	1	in such glory	Alternate translation: “in so much glory that”
 2CO	3	8	xxn6	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος ἔσται ἐν δόξῃ?	1	Will the ministry of the Spirit not be with much more glory?	Paul uses this question to emphasize that the **ministry of the Spirit** does must be more glorious than “the ministry of death” because it leads to life. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So the service that the Spirit does must be even more glorious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2CO	3	8	wq1v	figs-explicit	ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	the ministry of the Spirit	Here, **the ministry of the Spirit** refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that gives life because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	3	9	e5zz	figs-metaphor	πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξῃ.	1	the ministry of righteousness abound in glory	Paul speaks of **the ministry of righteousness** as if it were an object that could produce or multiply another object. He means that this ministry is far more glorious than the law, which also had **glory**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	3	9	ufq6	figs-explicit	ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1	the ministry of righteousness	Here, **the ministry of righteousness** refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that makes people righteous because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	3	10	n4pe		καὶ γὰρ οὐ δεδόξασται, τὸ δεδοξασμένον…εἵνεκεν τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δόξης	1	that which was once made glorious is no longer glorious … because of the glory that exceeds it	The Old Testament law no longer appears **glorious** when compared with the new covenant, which is much more glorious.
-2CO	3	10	t2dq	figs-activepassive	τὸ δεδοξασμένον	1	that which was once made glorious	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law which God once made glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	10	t2dq	figs-activepassive	τὸ δεδοξασμένον	1	that which was once made glorious	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law which God once made glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	10	d7k5		ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει	1	in this respect	Alternate translation: “in this way”
 2CO	3	11	zwb2	figs-metaphor	τὸ καταργούμενον	1	that which was fading away	This refers to “the ministry of condemnation,” which Paul speaks of as if it were an object capable of disappearing. Alternate translation: “that which was becoming useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	3	12	tnc1		ἔχοντες οὖν τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα	1	Since we have such a hope	The word **Therefore** refers to what Paul has just said. His **hope** comes from knowing that the new covenant has an eternal glory.
@@ -143,17 +143,17 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	3	14	zm7j		ἄχρι γὰρ τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας	1	For until this present day	Here, **the present day** refers to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
 2CO	3	14	w68p	figs-metaphor	τὸ αὐτὸ κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης μένει	1	when they read the old covenant, that same veil remains	Just as the Israelites could not see the glory on Moses’ face because he covered his face with a **veil**, there is a spiritual veil that prevents people from understanding when they read the **old covenant**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	3	14	gg2d		ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης	1	when they read the old covenant	Alternate translation: “when they hear someone read the old covenant”
-2CO	3	14	gl8l	figs-activepassive	μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, ὅτι ἐν Χριστῷ καταργεῖται	1	It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away	Here, **it** refers to “the same veil.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one removes the veil, because only in Christ does God remove it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	14	gl8l	figs-activepassive	μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, ὅτι ἐν Χριστῷ καταργεῖται	1	It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away	Here, **it** refers to “the same veil.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one removes the veil, because only in Christ does God remove it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	15	rjh5		ἀλλ’ ἕως σήμερον	1	But even today	Here the word **today** refers to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
 2CO	3	15	t3dl	figs-metonymy	ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς	1	whenever Moses is read	Here the word **Moses** refers to the Old Testament law that Moses wrote down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2CO	3	15	ip29	figs-activepassive	ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whenever someone reads the Mosaic law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	15	ip29	figs-activepassive	ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whenever someone reads the Mosaic law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	15	gwp9	figs-metonymy	κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται	1	a veil lies over their heart	Here the word **heart** represents what people think. Alternate translation: “a veil prevents them from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	3	15	bb5u	figs-metaphor	κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται	1		Here the people being unable to understand the old covenant is spoken of as if they have **a veil** that covers **their heart** the way a physical veil would cover their eyes. Alternate translation: “they are unable to understand what they are hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	3	16	k2dr	figs-metaphor	ἡνίκα…ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς Κύριον	1	whenever a person turns to the Lord	Here, **turn to** is a metaphor that means to become loyal to someone. Alternate translation: “when a person starts to worship the Lord” or “when a person starts to trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	3	16	w1y2	figs-activepassive	περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα	1	the veil is taken away	God gives them the ability to understand. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God lifts the veil away” or “God gives them the ability to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	16	w1y2	figs-activepassive	περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα	1	the veil is taken away	God gives them the ability to understand. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God lifts the veil away” or “God gives them the ability to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	18	r6rx	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες	1	Now we all	Here the word **we** refers to all believers, including Paul and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2CO	3	18	l3xw	figs-metaphor	ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ, τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου κατοπτριζόμενοι	1	with unveiled faces, see as a reflection the glory of the Lord	Unlike the Israelites who could not see God’s glory reflected on Moses’ face because he had covered it with a veil, there is nothing to prevent believers from seeing and understanding God’s **glory**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	3	18	rc9x	figs-activepassive	τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα	1	are being transformed into the same image	The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like Jesus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	3	18	rc9x	figs-activepassive	τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα	1	are being transformed into the same image	The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like Jesus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	3	18	bx5b		ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν	1	from glory to glory	This means that the Spirit is constantly increasing the **glory** of believers. Alternate translation: “from one amount of glory to another amount of glory”
 2CO	3	18	mw3v		καθάπερ ἀπὸ Κυρίου	1	just as from the Lord	Alternate translation: “just as this comes from the Lord”
 2CO	4	intro	rx1c			0		# 2 Corinthians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore.” This connects it to what the previous chapter teaches. How these chapters are divided may be confusing to the reader.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ministry<br><br>Paul ministers to people by telling them about Christ. He does not try to trick people into believing. If they do not understand the gospel, it is because the problem is ultimately spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Life and death<br><br>Paul does not refer here to physical life and death. Life represents the new life a Christian has in Jesus. Death represents the old way of living before believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Hope<br><br>Paul uses a repeated pattern in a purposeful way. He makes a statement. Then he denies a seemingly opposite or contradictory statement or gives an exception. Together these give the reader hope in difficult circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	4	2	aj24		συνιστάνοντες ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων	1	commending ourselves to every person’s conscience	This means that they provide enough evidence for each person who hears them to decide whether they are right or wrong.
 2CO	4	2	f6n1	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	Here, **before God** refers to God’s presence. God’s understanding and approval of Paul’s truthfulness is referred to as God being able to see them. Alternate translation: “with God as witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	4	3	mti5	figs-metaphor	εἰ δὲ καὶ ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν, ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον	1	But if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled only to those who are perishing	This refers back to what Paul said starting in [2 Corinthians 3:14](../03/14.md). There Paul explained that there is a spiritual **veil** that prevents people from understanding when they read the old covenant. In the same way, people are not able to understand the **gospel**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	4	3	hz2f	figs-activepassive	εἰ…ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν…ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον	1	if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if a veil covers our gospel, that veil covers it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	3	hz2f	figs-activepassive	εἰ…ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν…ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον	1	if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if a veil covers our gospel, that veil covers it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	3	e5yu		τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν	1	our gospel	Alternate translation: “the gospel that we preach”
 2CO	4	4	r6pz	figs-metaphor	ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου ἐτύφλωσεν τὰ νοήματα τῶν ἀπίστων	1	the god of this age has blinded the minds of the unbelieving	Paul speaks of the **minds** of unbelievers as if they had eyes, and their inability to understand as their minds being unable to see. Alternate translation: “the god of this world has prevented unbelievers from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	4	4	tx9h		ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	the god of this world	This phrase refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “the god who rules this world”
@@ -184,50 +184,50 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	4	6	p736	figs-metaphor	τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν προσώπῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ	Just as God’s **glory** shone upon Moses’ face ([2 Corinthians 3:7](../03/07.md)), it also shines upon **the face of Jesus**. This means that when Paul preaches the gospel, people are able to see and understand the message about God’s glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	4	7	xe5i	figs-exclusive	ἔχομεν δὲ	1	But we have	Here the word **we** refers to Paul and his coworkers, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2CO	4	7	xx2c	figs-metaphor	ἔχομεν…τὸν θησαυρὸν τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρακίνοις σκεύεσιν	1	we have this treasure in jars of clay	Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a** treasure** and their bodies as if they were breakable **jars** made out of **clay**. This emphasizes that they are of little value compared to the worth of the gospel that they preach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	4	8	ga9z	figs-activepassive	ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι	1	We are afflicted in every way	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People afflict us in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	4	9	bz8m	figs-activepassive	διωκόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐνκαταλειπόμενοι	1	We are persecuted but not forsaken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people persecute us but God does not forsake us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	4	9	uvq1	figs-activepassive	καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι	1	We are struck down but not destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people strike us down but do not destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	8	ga9z	figs-activepassive	ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι	1	We are afflicted in every way	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People afflict us in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	9	bz8m	figs-activepassive	διωκόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐνκαταλειπόμενοι	1	We are persecuted but not forsaken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people persecute us but God does not forsake us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	9	uvq1	figs-activepassive	καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι	1	We are struck down but not destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people strike us down but do not destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	10	zt4b	figs-metaphor	πάντοτε τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέροντες	1	We always carry in our body the death of Jesus	Paul speaks of his sufferings as if they are an experience of **the death of Jesus**. Alternate translation: “we are often in danger of dying, as Jesus died” or “we always suffer in such a way that we experience the death of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	4	10	l6f6		καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ	1	the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies	This could mean: (1) our bodies will live again, because **Jesus** is alive. (2) the spiritual **life** that **Jesus** gives also may be shown in our bodies.
-2CO	4	10	w3jc	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ	1	the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people may also see the life of Jesus in our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	10	w3jc	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ	1	the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people may also see the life of Jesus in our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	11	ht74	figs-metaphor	ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς, οἱ ζῶντες, εἰς θάνατον παραδιδόμεθα διὰ Ἰησοῦν	1	For we who are alive are always being handed over to death for the sake of Jesus	Here, **being handed over to death** represents being in danger of dying because of being loyal to Jesus. Alternate translation: “for those of us who are alive, God is always leading us to face death because we are joined to Jesus” or “for people are always causing us who are alive to be in danger of dying because we are joined to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	4	11	d1wm		ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν	1	so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh	God wants Jesus’ **life** to **be shown** in us. This could mean: (1) our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive. (2) the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md).
-2CO	4	11	ww5r	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν	1	so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	11	ww5r	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν	1	so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	12	q3il	figs-personification	ὁ θάνατος ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργεῖται, ἡ δὲ ζωὴ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	death is at work in us, but life is at work in you	Paul speaks of **death** and **life** as if they are persons who can **work**. This means that they are always in danger of physical death so that the Corinthians can have spiritual life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2CO	4	13	ret6		τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως	1	the same spirit of faith	Here the word **spirit** refers a person’s attitude and temperament. Alternate translation: “the same attitude of faith”
-2CO	4	13	gzf4	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	according to that which was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the one who wrote these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	13	gzf4	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	according to that which was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the one who wrote these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	13	il5h		ἐπίστευσα, διὸ ἐλάλησα	1	I believed, and so I spoke	This is a quote from the Psalms.
 2CO	4	14	t2i8	figs-idiom	ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ…ἐγερεῖ	1	that the one who raised the Lord Jesus will … raise	Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “the one who caused the Lord Jesus to live again will also raise” or “God, who raised the Lord Jesus, will also raise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2CO	4	15	v7sj		τὰ γὰρ πάντα δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	For all these things are for your sake	Here, **all these things** refers to all of the sufferings that Paul has described in previous verses.
-2CO	4	15	l1mu	figs-activepassive	ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα διὰ τῶν πλειόνων	1	the grace that is abounding to more and more people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as God spreads his grace to many more people, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	15	l1mu	figs-activepassive	ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα διὰ τῶν πλειόνων	1	the grace that is abounding to more and more people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as God spreads his grace to many more people, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	15	u8pp	figs-metaphor	τὴν εὐχαριστίαν περισσεύσῃ	1	thanksgiving may increase	Paul speaks of **thanksgiving** as if it were an object that could become larger by itself. Alternate translation: “more and more people may give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	4	16	u6e5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul writes that the Corinthian difficulties are minor and do not last long when compared to the unseen eternal things.
 2CO	4	16	cb92	figs-doublenegatives	διὸ οὐκ ἐνκακοῦμεν	1	So we do not become discouraged	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … discouraged**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “So we remain confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	4	16	hhv6	figs-explicit	ὁ ἔξω ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος διαφθείρεται	1	outwardly we are wasting away	This refers to their physical bodies decaying and dying. Alternate translation: “our physical bodies are getting weak and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	4	16	s9b2	figs-explicit	ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ	1	inwardly we are being renewed day by day	This refers to their inward, spiritual lives getting stronger. Alternate translation: “our spiritual beings are being strengthened day by day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2CO	4	16	zct5	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ	1	inwardly we are being renewed day by day	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is renewing our inward being more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	16	zct5	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ	1	inwardly we are being renewed day by day	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is renewing our inward being more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	17	pd63	figs-metaphor	τὸ γὰρ παραυτίκα ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως ἡμῶν…αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης, κατεργάζεται ἡμῖν	1	this momentary, light affliction is preparing us for an eternal weight of glory	Paul speaks of his sufferings and the **glory** that God will give him as if they were objects that can be weighed. The glory far outweighs the suffering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	4	17	na9y	figs-metaphor	καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν	1	that exceeds all measurement	The glory that Paul will experience is so heavy that no one can measure it. Alternate translation: “that cannot be measured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	4	17	d9re	figs-activepassive	καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one can measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	4	18	t2fp	figs-activepassive	τὰ βλεπόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα	1	things that are seen … things that are unseen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “things that we can see, but not the things that we cannot see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	17	d9re	figs-activepassive	καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one can measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	4	18	t2fp	figs-activepassive	τὰ βλεπόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα	1	things that are seen … things that are unseen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “things that we can see, but not the things that we cannot see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	4	18	f97x	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα	1	but for things that are unseen	You can supply the verb for this phrase. Alternate translation: “but we are watching for things that are unseen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2CO	5	intro	s14p			0		# 2 Corinthians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New bodies in heaven<br><br>Paul knows that when he dies he will receive a much better body. Because of this, he is not afraid of being killed for preaching the gospel. So he tells others that they too can be reconciled to God. Christ will take away their sin and give them his righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### New creation<br><br>The old and new creation probably refers to how Paul illustrates the old and new self. These concepts are also the same as the old and new man. The term “old” probably does not refer to the sinful nature with which a person is born. It refers to the old way of living or the Christian formerly being bound to sin. The “new creation” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Home<br><br>The Christian’s home is no longer in the world. A Christian’s real home is in heaven. By using this metaphor, Paul emphasizes that the Christian’s circumstances in this world are temporary. It gives hope to those who are suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The message of reconciliation”<br><br>This refers to the gospel. Paul calls for people who are hostile to God to repent and be reconciled to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])
 2CO	5	1	p7b7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul contrasts believers’ earthly bodies to the heavenly ones God will give.
 2CO	5	1	z4vs	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ, οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἔχομεν	1	if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed, we have a building from God	Here a temporary **earthly dwelling** is a metaphor for a person’s physical body. Here a permanent “building from God” is a metaphor for the new body that God will give believers after they die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	5	1	zy2k	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ	1	if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if people destroy the earthly dwelling that we live in” or “if people kill our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	1	zy2k	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ	1	if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if people destroy the earthly dwelling that we live in” or “if people kill our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	1	bqi5	figs-synecdoche	οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	It is a house not made by human hands	Here, **house** means the same thing as “building from God.” Here, **hands** is a synecdoche that represents the human as a whole. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven, not made by humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-2CO	5	1	bbvr	figs-activepassive	οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	1	bbvr	figs-activepassive	οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	2	tc2j		ἐν τούτῳ στενάζομεν	1	in this tent we groan	Here, **this** means the same thing as “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word **groan** is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good.
 2CO	5	2	ss6g	figs-metaphor	τὸ οἰκητήριον ἡμῶν τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἐπιποθοῦντες	1	longing to be clothed with our heavenly dwelling	The words **our dwelling that is from heaven** means the same thing as “a building from God.” Paul speaks of the new body that believers receive after they die as if it were both a building and a piece of clothing that a person can put on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	5	3	i4es		ἐνδυσάμενοι	1	we have put it on	Alternate translation: “by putting on our heavenly dwelling”
-2CO	5	3	ap7v	figs-activepassive	οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα	1	we will not be found to be naked	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will not be naked” or “God will not find us naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	3	ap7v	figs-activepassive	οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα	1	we will not be found to be naked	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will not be naked” or “God will not find us naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	4	bz6k	figs-metaphor	οἱ ὄντες ἐν τῷ σκήνει	1	while we are in this tent	Paul speaks of the physical body as if it were a **tent**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	5	4	e34b		ἐν τῷ σκήνει, στενάζομεν	1	in this tent, we groan	The word **tent** refers to “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word **groan** is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 5:2](../05/02.md).
 2CO	5	4	cjt4	figs-metaphor	βαρούμενοι	1	being burdened	Paul refers to the difficulties that the physical body experiences as if they were heavy objects that are difficult to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	5	4	f8rb	figs-metaphor	οὐ θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι…ἐπενδύσασθαι	1	We do not want to be unclothed … we want to be clothed	Paul speaks of the body as if it were clothing for our spirit. Here, **to be unclothed** refers to the death of the physical body; “to be clothed” refers to having the resurrection body that God will give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	5	4	n78p		ἐκδύσασθαι	1	to be unclothed	Alternate translation: “to be without clothes” or “to be naked”
 2CO	5	4	de2b	figs-metaphor	ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς	1	so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life	Paul speaks of **life** as if it were an animal that eats **the mortal**. The physical body that will die will be replaced by a resurrection body that will live forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	5	4	e5zi	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς	1	so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that life may swallow up what is mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	4	e5zi	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς	1	so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that life may swallow up what is mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	5	g7yj	figs-metaphor	ὁ δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	who gave us the Spirit as the down payment	The **Spirit** is spoken of as if he were a partial **down payment** toward eternal life. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Corinthians 1:22](../01/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	5	6	clh5			0	Connecting Statement:	Because believers will have a new body and have the Holy Spirit as a pledge, Paul reminds them to live by faith that they may please the Lord. He continues by reminding them to persuade others because: (1) believers will appear at the judgment seat of Christ. (2) Christ who died for believers in love.
 2CO	5	6	xv3m	figs-metaphor	ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν τῷ σώματι	1	being at home in the body	Paul speaks of the physical **body** as if it were a place where a person dwells. Alternate translation: “while we are living in this earthly body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -239,11 +239,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	5	9	j1sl		εὐάρεστοι αὐτῷ εἶναι	1	to be pleasing to him	Alternate translation: “to please the Lord”
 2CO	5	10	kdf2		ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	before the judgment seat of Christ	Alternate translation: “before Christ to be judged”
 2CO	5	10	c499		κομίσηται ἕκαστος	1	each one may receive back the things done in	Alternate translation: “each person may receive what he deserves for”
-2CO	5	10	v8sl	figs-activepassive	τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος	1	the things done in the body	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things he has done in the physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	10	v8sl	figs-activepassive	τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος	1	the things done in the body	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things he has done in the physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	10	lsh8		εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε κακὸν	1	whether for good or for bad	Alternate translation: “whether those things were good or bad”
 2CO	5	11	dzh5		εἰδότες…τὸν φόβον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	knowing the fear of the Lord	Alternate translation: “knowing what it means to fear the Lord”
 2CO	5	11	qm34	figs-explicit	ἀνθρώπους πείθομεν	1	we persuade people	This could mean: (1) **we persuade** people of the truth of the gospel. (2) **we persuade** people that we are legitimate apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2CO	5	11	v11v	figs-activepassive	Θεῷ…πεφανερώμεθα	1	What we are is clearly seen by God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God clearly sees what kind of people we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	11	v11v	figs-activepassive	Θεῷ…πεφανερώμεθα	1	What we are is clearly seen by God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God clearly sees what kind of people we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	11	y5l1		καὶ ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσιν ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι	1	that it is also clear to your conscience	Alternate translation: “that you are also convinced of it”
 2CO	5	12	mza1		ἵνα ἔχητε	1	so you may have an answer	Alternate translation: “so you may have something to say to”
 2CO	5	12	it2r	figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐν προσώπῳ καυχωμένους, καὶ μὴ ἐν καρδίᾳ	1	those who boast about appearances but not about what is in the heart	Here the word **face** refers to outward expressions of things like ability and status. The word **heart** refers to the inward character of a person. Alternate translation: “those who praise their own actions, but do not care about what they really are in their inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -258,13 +258,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	5	17	ue8f		τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν	1	The old things have passed away	Here, **The old things** refers to the things that characterized a person before they trusted in Christ.
 2CO	5	17	vpe3		ἰδοὺ	1	See	The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
 2CO	5	18	jyf7		τὰ…πάντα	1	All these things	Here, **all these things** refers to what Paul has just said in the previous verse about new things replacing old things.
-2CO	5	18	lj2h	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν διακονίαν τῆς καταλλαγῆς	1	the ministry of reconciliation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **reconciliation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the ministry of reconciling people to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2CO	5	18	lj2h	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν διακονίαν τῆς καταλλαγῆς	1	the ministry of reconciliation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **reconciliation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the ministry of reconciling people to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	5	19	w1d1	figs-metonymy	ἦν ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ	1	in Christ God is reconciling the world to himself	Here, **the world** refers to the people in the world. Alternate translation: “in Christ, God was reconciling mankind to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	5	19	b62q		θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς	1	He is entrusting to us the message of reconciliation	God has given Paul the responsibility to spread the message that God is reconciling people to himself.
 2CO	5	19	ix97		τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς	1	the message of reconciliation	Alternate translation: “the message about reconciliation”
-2CO	5	20	wg8f	figs-activepassive	ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν	1	Therefore, we are ambassadors for Christ	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has appointed us as Christ’s representatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	20	wg8f	figs-activepassive	ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν	1	Therefore, we are ambassadors for Christ	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has appointed us as Christ’s representatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	20	q9u9		ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ…πρεσβεύομεν	1	representatives of Christ	Alternate translation: “we are those who speak for Christ”
-2CO	5	20	a6fx	figs-activepassive	καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ	1	Be reconciled to God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	5	20	a6fx	figs-activepassive	καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ	1	Be reconciled to God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	5	21	jp2a		τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν	1	The one who did not know sin, he made sin for us	Alternate translation: “God made Christ become the sacrifice for our sin”
 2CO	5	21	hz6z	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς	1	us … we	Here the words **us** and **we** are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2CO	5	21	ebz2		τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν	1	The one who did not know sin	Alternate translation: “Christ, the one who never sinned”
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	6	2	u9kc	figs-explicit	λέγει γάρ	1	For he says	This introduces a quotation from the prophet Isaiah. Alternate translation: “for God says in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	6	2	sa94		ἰδοὺ	1	Look	The word **Behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
 2CO	6	3	v3wc	figs-metaphor	μηδεμίαν ἐν μηδενὶ διδόντες προσκοπήν	1	We do not place a stumbling block in front of anyone	Paul speaks of anything that would prevent a person from trusting in Christ as if it were a physical object over which that person trips and falls. Alternate translation: “we do not want to do anything that will prevent people from believing our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	6	3	he3c	figs-activepassive	μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία	1	our ministry might not	The word **discredited** refers to people speaking badly about Paul’s ministry, and working against the message he proclaims. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no oner will be able to speak badly about our ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	6	3	he3c	figs-activepassive	μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία	1	our ministry might not	The word **discredited** refers to people speaking badly about Paul’s ministry, and working against the message he proclaims. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no oner will be able to speak badly about our ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	6	4	xd9l	figs-exclusive	συνιστάντες	1	General Information:	When Paul uses **we** here, he is referring to himself and Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2CO	6	4	p9up		ἐν παντὶ συνιστάντες ἑαυτοὺς ὡς Θεοῦ διάκονοι	1	we commend ourselves in everything as God’s servants	Alternate translation: “we prove that we are God’s servants by all that we do”
 2CO	6	4	xyf9		Θεοῦ διάκονοι: ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολλῇ, ἐν θλίψεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν στενοχωρίαις	1	God’s servants; in much endurance, affliction, distress, hardship	Paul mentions these difficult situations in which they proved that they are **God’s servants**.
@@ -288,16 +288,16 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	6	7	ef5b		τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1	the weapons of righteousness	Alternate translation: “righteousness as our armor” or “righteousness as our weapons”
 2CO	6	7	ijr2		τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν	1	for the right hand and for the left	This could mean: (1) there is a weapon in one hand and a shield in the other. (2) they are completely equipped for battle, able to fend off attacks from any direction.
 2CO	6	8	zi7d	figs-merism		0	General Information:	Paul lists several extremes of how people think about him and his ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-2CO	6	8	e4pf	figs-activepassive	ὡς πλάνοι	1	as imposters	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people accuse us of being deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	6	9	fcb5	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι	1	as if we were unknown and we are still well known	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as if people did not know us and yet people still know us well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	6	9	r1d9	figs-activepassive	ὡς παιδευόμενοι καὶ μὴ θανατούμενοι	1	as being punished, and yet not being killed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we work as if people are punishing us for our actions but not as if they have condemned us to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	6	8	e4pf	figs-activepassive	ὡς πλάνοι	1	as imposters	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people accuse us of being deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	6	9	fcb5	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι	1	as if we were unknown and we are still well known	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as if people did not know us and yet people still know us well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	6	9	r1d9	figs-activepassive	ὡς παιδευόμενοι καὶ μὴ θανατούμενοι	1	as being punished, and yet not being killed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we work as if people are punishing us for our actions but not as if they have condemned us to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	6	11	v74j		τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	Our mouth has been opened to you	Alternate translation: “We have spoken honestly to you”
 2CO	6	11	mv85	figs-metaphor	ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται	1	our heart is opened wide	Paul speaks of his great affection for the Corinthians as having a **heart** that is open. Alternate translation: “we love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	6	11	r815	figs-metonymy	ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται	1		Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	6	12	m2kq	figs-metaphor	οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν, στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν	1		Paul speaks of the Corinthians lack of love for him as if their **inner parts** were squeezed into a tight space. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	6	12	u4fz	figs-activepassive	οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν	1	You are not restrained by us	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have not restrained you” or “We have not given you any reason to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	6	12	u4fz	figs-activepassive	οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν	1	You are not restrained by us	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have not restrained you” or “We have not given you any reason to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	6	12	xv9t	figs-metonymy	στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν	1	You are not restrained by us, but you are restrained in your affections	Here, **inner parts** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2CO	6	12	ecn4	figs-activepassive	στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν	1	you are restrained in your affections	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but your own hearts are restraining you” or “but you have stopped loving us for your own reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	6	12	ecn4	figs-activepassive	στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν	1	you are restrained in your affections	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but your own hearts are restraining you” or “but you have stopped loving us for your own reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	6	13	c6vp	figs-metaphor	πλατύνθητε καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	open yourselves wide also	Paul urges the Corinthians to love him as he has loved them. Alternate translation: “love us back” or “love us much as we have loved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	6	14	v7kk	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες ἀπίστοις	1	Do not be yoked together with unbelievers	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … unbelievers**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “Only be tied together with believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	6	14	qd33	figs-metaphor	μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες	1	be yoked together with	Paul speaks of working **together** toward a common purpose as if it were two animals tied together to pull a plow or cart. Alternate translation: “Do not team up” or “Do not have a close relationship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	6	16	u5g3	figs-parallelism	ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω	1	I will dwell among them and walk among them.	This is an Old Testament quotation that speaks of God being with the people in two different ways that mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 2CO	6	16	g0nl	figs-metaphor	ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω	1		The words **dwell among** speak of living where others live, while the words **walk among** speak of being with them as they go about their lives. Alternate translation: “I will be with them and help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	6	17	fe1z			0	General Information:	Paul quotes portions from the Old Testament prophets, Isaiah and Ezekiel.
-2CO	6	17	z5ld	figs-activepassive	ἀφορίσθητε	1	be separate	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	6	17	z5ld	figs-activepassive	ἀφορίσθητε	1	be separate	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	6	17	c8jq	figs-doublenegatives	ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ἅπτεσθε	1	Touch no unclean thing	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no unclean**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “touch only things that are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	7	intro	hg36			0		# 2 Corinthians 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 2-4, Paul finishes his defense. He then writes about Titus’ return and the comfort it brought.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Clean and unclean<br><br>Christians are “clean” in the sense that God has cleansed them from sin. They do not need to be concerned with being clean according to the law of Moses. Ungodly living can still make a Christian unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Sadness and sorrow<br><br>The words “sad” and “sorrow” in this chapter indicate that the Corinthians were upset to the point of repenting. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Original situation<br><br>This chapter discusses in detail a previous situation. We can figure out some aspects of this situation from the information in this chapter. But it is best not to include this type of implicit information in a translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	7	1	h5xv		ἀγαπητοί	1	Beloved	Alternate translation: “you whom I love” or “dear friends”
@@ -326,36 +326,36 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	7	3	bhb7		πρὸς κατάκρισιν οὐ λέγω	1	I do not speak for your condemnation	Here, Paul refers back to what he has just said about not having wronged anyone. Alternate translation: “I do not say this to accuse you of having done wrong.”
 2CO	7	3	fay3	figs-metaphor	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν ἐστε	1	you are in our hearts	Paul speaks of his and his associates’ great love for the Corinthians as if they held them in their hearts. Alternate translation: “you are very dear to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	7	3	xzg3	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸ συναποθανεῖν καὶ συνζῆν	1	for us to die together and to live together	This means that Paul and his associates will continue to love the Corinthians no matter what happens. Alternate translation: “whether we live or whether we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2CO	7	4	mh12	figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωμαι τῇ παρακλήσει	1	I am filled with encouragement	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You fill me with comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	7	4	mh12	figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωμαι τῇ παρακλήσει	1	I am filled with encouragement	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You fill me with comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	7	4	mx9b	figs-metaphor	ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ	1	I overflow with joy	Paul speaks of **joy** as if it is a liquid that fills him until he overflows. Alternate translation: “I am extremely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	7	4	mr75		ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν	1	even in all our afflictions	Alternate translation: “despite all our hardships”
 2CO	7	5	f3c5	figs-exclusive	ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν	1	When we came to Macedonia	Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Corinthians or Titus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2CO	7	5	c8ju	figs-synecdoche	οὐδεμίαν ἔσχηκεν ἄνεσιν ἡ σὰρξ ἡμῶν	1	our flesh had no rest	Here, **our flesh** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “we had no rest” or “we were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-2CO	7	5	h3cv	figs-activepassive	ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι	1	we were troubled in every way	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we experienced every kind of trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	7	5	h3cv	figs-activepassive	ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι	1	we were troubled in every way	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we experienced every kind of trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	7	5	i4wr	figs-explicit	ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι	1	by conflicts on the outside and fears on the inside	Here, **without** could mean: (1) “outside of our bodies.” (2) “outside of the church.” The word **within** refers to their inward emotions. Alternate translation: “by conflicts with other people and by fears within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	7	7	w7td	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει ᾗ παρεκλήθη ἐφ’ ὑμῖν	1	by the comfort that Titus had received from you	Paul received **comfort** from knowing that the Corinthians had **comforted** Titus. Alternate translation: “by learning about the comfort that Titus had received from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	7	8	b2xj		ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη	1	General Information:	This refers to Paul’s previous **letter** to these Corinthian believers where he rebuked them for their acceptance of a believer’s sexual immorality with his father’s wife.
 2CO	7	8	vk7m		βλέπω ὅτι ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη	1	when I saw that my letter	Alternate translation: “when I learned that my letter”
-2CO	7	9	kn5q	figs-activepassive	οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε	1	not because you were distressed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not because what I said in my letter distressed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	7	9	kn5q	figs-activepassive	οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε	1	not because you were distressed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not because what I said in my letter distressed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	7	9	l6d2	figs-idiom	ἐν μηδενὶ ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	you would not suffer loss in anything through us	This means that although the letter caused them sorrow, they eventually benefited from the letter because it led them to repentance. Alternate translation: “so that we did not harm you in any way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2CO	7	10	dtm3	figs-ellipsis	ἡ γὰρ κατὰ Θεὸν λύπη, μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν…ἐργάζεται	1	For the sorrow that God intends produces repentance that leads to salvation	The word **repentance** may be repeated to clarify its relationship to what precedes it and what follows it. Alternate translation: “For godly sorrow produces repentance, and repentance leads to salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2CO	7	10	lc4m		ἀμεταμέλητον	1	without regret	This could mean: (1) Paul has no **regret** that he caused them sorrow because that sorrow led to their repentance and salvation. (2) the Corinthians will not **regret** experiencing sorrow because it led to their repentance and salvation.
 2CO	7	10	lc1s	figs-explicit	ἡ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου λύπη, θάνατον κατεργάζεται	1	But the sorrow of the world produces death	This kind of **sorrow** leads to **death** instead of salvation because it does not produce repentance. Alternate translation: “Worldly sorrow, however, leads to spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	7	11	gpp2	figs-exclamations	ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν	1	what earnestness, what eagerness to defend yourselves	Here the word **what** makes this statement an exclamation. Alternate translation: “your determination to prove you were innocent was very great!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-2CO	7	11	h6jc	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν	1	what avenging of wrong	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone should carry out justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	7	12	i6sn	figs-activepassive	τοῦ φανερωθῆναι τὴν σπουδὴν ὑμῶν, τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	your good will toward us should be made known to you in the sight of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you would know that your good will toward us is sincere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	7	11	h6jc	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν	1	what avenging of wrong	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone should carry out justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	7	12	i6sn	figs-activepassive	τοῦ φανερωθῆναι τὴν σπουδὴν ὑμῶν, τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	your good will toward us should be made known to you in the sight of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you would know that your good will toward us is sincere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	7	12	ycy7		ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	Here, **before God** refers to God’s presence. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
-2CO	7	13	kn2q	figs-activepassive	διὰ τοῦτο παρακεκλήμεθα	1	For this reason we are encouraged	Here the phrase **this reason** refers to the way the Corinthians responded to Paul’s previous letter, as he described in the previous verse. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is what encourages us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	7	13	v2g6	figs-activepassive	ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων ὑμῶν	1	his spirit was refreshed by all of you	Here the word **spirit** refers to a person’s temperament and disposition. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of you refreshed his spirit” or “all of you made him stop worrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	7	13	kn2q	figs-activepassive	διὰ τοῦτο παρακεκλήμεθα	1	For this reason we are encouraged	Here the phrase **this reason** refers to the way the Corinthians responded to Paul’s previous letter, as he described in the previous verse. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is what encourages us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	7	13	v2g6	figs-activepassive	ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων ὑμῶν	1	his spirit was refreshed by all of you	Here the word **spirit** refers to a person’s temperament and disposition. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of you refreshed his spirit” or “all of you made him stop worrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	7	14	b4uq		ὅτι εἴ τι αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κεκαύχημαι	1	For if I boasted to him about you	Alternate translation: “For although I boasted to him about you”
 2CO	7	14	m22c		οὐ κατῃσχύνθην	1	I was not embarrassed	Alternate translation: “you did not disappoint me”
 2CO	7	14	q5hg		ἡ καύχησις ἡμῶν ἡ ἐπὶ Τίτου ἀλήθεια ἐγενήθη	1	our boasting about you to Titus proved to be true	Alternate translation: “you proved to Titus that our boasting about you was true”
-2CO	7	15	d87j	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν ὑπακοήν	1	the obedience of all of you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **obedience**, you could express the same idea with the verb, “obey.” Alternate translation: “how all of you obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2CO	7	15	d87j	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν ὑπακοήν	1	the obedience of all of you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **obedience**, you can express the same idea with the verb, “obey.” Alternate translation: “how all of you obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	7	15	g9bz	figs-doublet	μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν	1	you welcomed him with fear and trembling	Here, **fear** and **trembling** share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of fear. Alternate translation: “you welcomed him with great reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2CO	7	15	q47h		μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου	1	with fear and trembling	This could refer to: (1) great reverence for God. (2) great reverence for Titus.
 2CO	8	intro	kl7m			0		# 2 Corinthians 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8 and 9 begin a new section. Paul writes about how churches in Greece helped needy believers in Jerusalem.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gift to the church in Jerusalem<br><br>The church in Corinth started preparing to give money to the poor believers in Jerusalem. The churches in Macedonia also had given generously. Paul sends Titus and two other believers to Corinth to encourage the Corinthians to give generously. Paul and the others will carry the money to Jerusalem. They want people to know it is being done honestly.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. These words in verse 2 are a paradox: “the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity.” In verse 3 Paul explains how their poverty produced riches. Paul also uses riches and poverty in other paradoxes. ([2 Corinthians 8:2](../08/02.md))
 2CO	8	1	mm8g			0	Connecting Statement:	Having explained his changed plans and his ministry direction, Paul talks about giving.
-2CO	8	1	d1mj	figs-activepassive	τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας	1	the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	8	1	d1mj	figs-activepassive	τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας	1	the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	8	2	fsq8	figs-personification	ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν, ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν	1	the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity	Paul speaks of **joy** and **poverty** as if they were living things that can produce generosity. Alternate translation: “because of the people’s great joy and extreme poverty, they have become very generous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2CO	8	2	b7k5	figs-metaphor	ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν	1	the abundance of their joy	Paul speaks of **joy** as if it were a physical object that could increase in size or quantity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	8	2	pr8c		ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν…τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν	1	their deep poverty … the riches of their generosity	Though the churches of Macedonia have suffered testings of affliction and **poverty**, by God’s grace, they have been able to collect money for the believers in Jerusalem.
@@ -369,32 +369,32 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	8	9	iz6z	figs-metaphor	δι’ ὑμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν, πλούσιος ὤν	1	though he was rich, for your sakes he became poor	Paul speaks of Jesus before his incarnation as **being rich**, and of his becoming human as becoming **poor**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	8	9	j5ym	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς τῇ ἐκείνου πτωχείᾳ πλουτήσητε	1	through his poverty you might become rich	Paul speaks of the Corinthians becoming spiritually **rich** as a result of Jesus becoming human. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	8	10	b7ht	figs-explicit	ἐν τούτῳ	1	In this matter	Here the word **this** refers to Corinthians collecting money to give to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “with regard to the collection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2CO	8	11	fc27	figs-abstractnouns	καθάπερ ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν	1	there was the readiness of your desire	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **readiness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “just as you were eager and desired to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2CO	8	11	fc27	figs-abstractnouns	καθάπερ ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν	1	there was the readiness of your desire	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **readiness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “just as you were eager and desired to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	8	11	d6ly		καὶ τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι	1	there may be the completion	Alternate translation: “complete it” or “finish it”
 2CO	8	12	k9wh		καθὸ ἐὰν ἔχῃ	1	according to whatever a person has	Alternate translation: “if it is proportional to what the person giving has”
 2CO	8	13	mp6k			0	For this	This verse refers back to collecting money for the believers in Jerusalem.
-2CO	8	13	smk2	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν θλῖψις	1	for the ease of others, and your affliction	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may relieve others and burden yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	8	13	smk2	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν θλῖψις	1	for the ease of others, and your affliction	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may relieve others and burden yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	8	13	ktd1		ἐξ ἰσότητος	1	for the sake of equality	Alternate translation: “so that there would be equality”
 2CO	8	14	v7aj		ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίσσευμα γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα	1	This is also so that their abundance may supply your need	Since the Corinthians are acting in the present time, it is implied that the believers in Jerusalem will also help them at some time in the future. Alternate translation: “this is also so that in the future their abundance may supply your need”
-2CO	8	15	ue8w	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written	Here Paul quotes from Exodus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	8	15	ue8w	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written	Here Paul quotes from Exodus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	8	15	u28y	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἠλαττόνησεν	1	did not have too little	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … too little**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “had all he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	8	16	cr18	figs-synecdoche	τῷ διδόντι τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Τίτου	1	who put into Titus’ heart the same earnest care that I have for you	Here, **heart** refers to the emotions. This means that God caused Titus to love them. Alternate translation: “the one who made Titus care for you as much as I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2CO	8	16	vsm3		τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν	1	same earnest care	Alternate translation: “the same enthusiasm” or “same deep concern”
 2CO	8	17	e4xn	figs-explicit	ὅτι τὴν μὲν παράκλησιν ἐδέξατο	1	For he not only accepted our appeal	Paul is referring to his asking Titus to return to Corinth and complete the collection. Alternate translation: “For he not only agreed to our request that he help you with the collection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	8	18	rje2		μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	with him	Alternate translation: “with Titus”
-2CO	8	18	jll9	figs-activepassive	τὸν ἀδελφὸν, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος…διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν	1	the brother who is praised among all of the churches	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the brother whom believers among all of the churches praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	8	18	jll9	figs-activepassive	τὸν ἀδελφὸν, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος…διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν	1	the brother who is praised among all of the churches	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the brother whom believers among all of the churches praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	8	19	j9rk		οὐ μόνον	1	Not only this	Alternate translation: “not only do believers among all of the churches praise him”
-2CO	8	19	c667	figs-activepassive	καὶ χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν	1	he also was selected by the churches	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches also selected him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	8	19	c667	figs-activepassive	καὶ χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν	1	he also was selected by the churches	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches also selected him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	8	19	k7dy		σὺν τῇ χάριτι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν	1	along with this act of grace which is being administered by us	This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to carry out this act of generosity”
 2CO	8	19	v22x		προθυμίαν ἡμῶν	1	our readiness	Alternate translation: “our eagerness to help”
-2CO	8	20	a3ps	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἁδρότητι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν	1	concerning this generosity that we are carrying out	This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **administration**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “concerning the way we are handling this generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2CO	8	20	a3ps	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἁδρότητι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν	1	concerning this generosity that we are carrying out	This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **administration**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “concerning the way we are handling this generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	8	21	n4x1		προνοοῦμεν γὰρ καλὰ	1	For we considered beforehand what is right	Alternate translation: “We are careful to handle this gift in an honorable way”
 2CO	8	21	ey5n		ἐνώπιον Κυρίου…ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπων	1	before the Lord … before people	Alternate translation: “in the Lord’s opinion … in people’s opinion”
 2CO	8	22	d3yj		αὐτοῖς	1	with them	The word **them** refers to Titus and the previously mentioned brother.
 2CO	8	23	mmi2		κοινωνὸς ἐμὸς καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός	1	he is my partner and fellow worker for you	Alternate translation: “he is my partner who works with me to help you”
 2CO	8	23	lat3		ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν	1	As for our brothers	Here, **our brothers** refers to the two other men who will accompany Titus.
-2CO	8	23	u8lx	figs-activepassive	ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν	1	they are sent by the churches	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches have sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	8	23	a8v2	figs-abstractnouns	δόξα Χριστοῦ	1	an honor to Christ	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “they will cause people to honor Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2CO	8	23	u8lx	figs-activepassive	ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν	1	they are sent by the churches	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches have sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	8	23	a8v2	figs-abstractnouns	δόξα Χριστοῦ	1	an honor to Christ	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “they will cause people to honor Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	9	intro	lt8d			0		# 2 Corinthians 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 9, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>Paul uses three agricultural metaphors. He uses them to teach about giving to needy believers. The metaphors help Paul explain that God will reward those who give generously. Paul does not say how or when God will reward them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])
 2CO	9	1	wc5l			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul continues on the subject of giving. He wants to make sure that the collection of their offering for the needy believers in Jerusalem takes place before he comes so that it does not seem as though he takes advantage of them. He talks about how giving blesses the giver and glorifies God.
 2CO	9	1	fxs3	figs-explicit	τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους	1	the ministry that is for the saints	This refers to the collection of money to give to the believers in Jerusalem. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the ministry for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -404,30 +404,30 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	9	3	k1er		μὴ τὸ καύχημα ἡμῶν, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, κενωθῇ	1	our boasting about you may not be futile	Paul does not want others to think that the things that he had boasted about the Corinthians were false.
 2CO	9	4	j8ey		εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασκευάστους	1	find you unprepared	Alternate translation: “find you unprepared to give”
 2CO	9	5	q1up	figs-go	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, ἵνα προέλθωσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	the brothers they they would come to you	From Paul’s perspective, **the brothers** are going. Alternate translation: “the brothers to come to you beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-2CO	9	5	nm2n	figs-activepassive	μὴ ὡς πλεονεξίαν	1	not as forced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not as something that we forced you to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	9	5	nm2n	figs-activepassive	μὴ ὡς πλεονεξίαν	1	not as forced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not as something that we forced you to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	9	6	mm9w	figs-metaphor	ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως, φειδομένως καὶ θερίσει; καὶ ὁ σπείρων ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις, ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις καὶ θερίσει	1	the one who sows … will also reap in blessings	Paul uses the image of a farmer sowing seeds to describe the results of giving. As a farmer’s harvest is based on how much he **sows**, so will God’s **blessings** be little or much based on how generously the Corinthians give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	9	7	tzt4	figs-metonymy	καθὼς προῄρηται τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	let each one give as he has decided in his heart	Here, **heart** refers to the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “just as he has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2CO	9	7	whg6	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἐκ λύπης ἢ ἐξ ἀνάγκης	1	not reluctantly or under compulsion	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **sorrow** and **compulsion**, you could express the same idea with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “not because he feels guilty or because someone is compelling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2CO	9	7	whg6	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἐκ λύπης ἢ ἐξ ἀνάγκης	1	not reluctantly or under compulsion	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **sorrow** and **compulsion**, you can express the same idea with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “not because he feels guilty or because someone is compelling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	9	7	t26d		ἱλαρὸν γὰρ δότην ἀγαπᾷ ὁ Θεός	1	for God loves a cheerful giver	God wants people to give gladly to help provide for fellow believers.
 2CO	9	8	cz9b	figs-metaphor	δυνατεῖ δὲ ὁ Θεὸς, πᾶσαν χάριν περισσεῦσαι εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	God is able to make all grace overflow for you	Here, **grace** is spoken of as if it were a physical object of which a person can have more than he can use. As a person gives financially to other believers, **God** also gives to the giver everything he needs. Alternate translation: “God is able to give you more than you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	9	8	zxz9		χάριν	1	grace	Here, **grace** refers to the physical things a Christian needs, not to the need for God to save him from his sins.
 2CO	9	8	u8w6		περισσεύητε εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν	1	you may abound in every good work	Alternate translation: “so that you may be able to do more and more good deeds”
-2CO	9	9	mma1	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	just as it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is just as the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	9	9	mma1	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	just as it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is just as the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	9	10	p3fl		ὁ…ἐπιχορηγῶν	1	He who supplies	Alternate translation: “God who supplies”
 2CO	9	10	b1xe	figs-metonymy	ἄρτον εἰς βρῶσιν	1	bread for food	Here the word **bread** refers to **food** in general. Alternate translation: “food to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	9	10	uts1	figs-metaphor	χορηγήσει καὶ πληθυνεῖ τὸν σπόρον ὑμῶν	1	will supply and multiply your seed for sowing	Paul speaks of the Corinthians’ possessions as if they are seeds and of giving to others as if they were **sowing** seeds. Alternate translation: “will also supply and multiply your possessions so that you can sow them by giving them to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	9	10	ci67	figs-metaphor	αὐξήσει τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν	1	will increase the fruits of your righteousness	Paul compares the benefits that the Corinthians will receive from their generosity to that of a harvest. Alternate translation: “God will bless you even more for your righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	9	10	yv67		τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν	1	the fruits of your righteousness	Here, **righteousness** refers to the righteous actions of the Corinthians in giving their resources to the believers in Jerusalem.
-2CO	9	11	eey1	figs-activepassive	πλουτιζόμενοι	1	enriching you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will enrich you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	9	11	eey1	figs-activepassive	πλουτιζόμενοι	1	enriching you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will enrich you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	9	11	b3e5	figs-explicit	ἥτις κατεργάζεται δι’ ἡμῶν, εὐχαριστίαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	which produces thanksgiving to God through us	The word **which** refers to the Corinthian’s generosity. Alternate translation: “Because of your generosity, those who receive the gifts we bring them will thank God” or “and when we give your gifts to those who need them, they will give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	9	12	l7kq	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἡ διακονία τῆς λειτουργίας ταύτης	1	For the ministry of this service	Here, **service** refers to Paul and his companions bringing the contribution to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “For our carrying out this service for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	9	12	esk7	figs-metaphor	ἀλλὰ καὶ περισσεύουσα διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	but is also overflowing into many acts of thanksgiving to God	Paul speaks of the Corinthian believers’ act of service as if it were a liquid of which there is more than a container can hold. Alternate translation: “It also causes many deeds for which people will thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	9	13	plj4	figs-activepassive	διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς διακονίας ταύτης	1	Because of the proof of this ministry	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	9	13	plj4	figs-activepassive	διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς διακονίας ταύτης	1	Because of the proof of this ministry	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	9	13	ze14		δοξάζοντες τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑποταγῇ τῆς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἁπλότητι τῆς κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ εἰς πάντας	1	they glorify God for your obedience … the generosity of your sharing with them and with everyone	Paul says that the Corinthians will **glorify God** both by being faithful to Jesus and by giving generously to other believers who have need.
 2CO	9	15	es8c		ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ	1	for his inexpressible gift	This **gift** could refer to: (1) “the very great grace” that God has given to the Corinthians, which has led them to be so generous. (2) Jesus Christ, whom God gave to all believers.
 2CO	10	intro	abcd			0		# 2 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 17.<br><br>In this chapter, Paul returns to defending his authority. He also compares the way he speaks and the way he writes.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Boasting<br><br>“Boasting” is often thought of as bragging, which is not good. But in this letter “boasting” means confidently exulting or rejoicing.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In verses 3-6, Paul uses many metaphors from war. He probably uses them as part of a larger metaphor about Christians being spiritually at war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
 2CO	10	1	yc1g			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul shifts the subject from giving to affirming his authority to teach as he does.
-2CO	10	1	gq7j	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς πραΰτητος καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	by the meekness and gentleness of Christ	If your language does not use abstract noun for the ideas behind the word **meekness** and **gentleness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2CO	10	1	gq7j	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς πραΰτητος καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	by the meekness and gentleness of Christ	If your language does not use abstract noun for the ideas behind the word **meekness** and **gentleness**, you can express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	10	2	i6hh		τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς	1	those who regard	Alternate translation: “who think of us”
 2CO	10	2	ik1p	figs-metonymy	ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας	1	as walking according to the flesh	Here, **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “are acting from human motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	10	3	cvd6	figs-metaphor	ἐν σαρκὶ…περιπατοῦντες	1	we walk in the flesh	Here, **walking** is a metaphor for “living.” Alternate translation: “we live our lives in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	10	16	raq7		ἀλλοτρίῳ κανόνι	1	another person’s area	Alternate translation: “an area that God has assigned to someone else”
 2CO	10	17	q8cc		ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω	1	boast in the Lord	Alternate translation: “let … boast about what the Lord has done”
 2CO	10	18	h81t		ὁ ἑαυτὸν συνιστάνων	1	who commends himself	This means that he provides enough evidence for each person who hears him to decide whether he is right or wrong. See how “recommend ourselves” is translated in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
-2CO	10	18	n5v6	figs-activepassive	οὐ…ἐστιν δόκιμος	1	is approved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is not whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	10	18	n5v6	figs-activepassive	οὐ…ἐστιν δόκιμος	1	is approved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is not whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	10	18	sy2r	figs-ellipsis	ὃν ὁ Κύριος συνίστησιν	1	the one whom the Lord commends	You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “the one whom the Lord recommends is the one of whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2CO	11	intro	abce			0		# 2 Corinthians 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul continues defending his authority.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False teaching<br><br>The Corinthians were quick to accept false teachers. They taught things about Jesus and the gospel that were different and not true. Unlike these false teachers, Paul sacrificially served the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])<br><br>### Light<br><br>Light is commonly used in the New Testament as a metaphor. Paul here uses light to indicate the revealing of God and his righteousness. Darkness describes sin. Sin seeks to remain hidden from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Paul begins this chapter with an extended metaphor. He compares himself to the father of a bride who is giving a pure, virgin bride to her bridegroom. Wedding practices change depending on the cultural background. But the idea of helping to present someone as a grown and holy child is explicitly pictured in this passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Irony<br><br>This chapter is full of irony. Paul is hoping to shame the Corinthian believers with his irony.<br><br>“You tolerate these things well enough!” Paul thinks that they should not tolerate the way the false apostles treated them. Paul does not think they are really apostles at all.<br><br>The statement, “For you gladly put up with fools. You are wise yourselves!” means that the Corinthian believers think they were very wise but Paul does not agree.<br><br>“I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that.” Paul is speaking about behavior he thinks is very wrong in order to avoid it. He is speaking as if he thinks he is wrong for not doing it. He uses a rhetorical question also as irony. “Did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>In refuting the false apostles claiming to be superior, Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions. Each question is coupled with an answer: “Are they Hebrews? So am I. Are they Israelites? So am I. Are they descendants of Abraham? So am I. Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more.”<br><br>He also uses a series of rhetorical questions to empathize with his converts: “Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who has caused another to fall into sin, and I do not burn within?”<br><br>### “Are they servants of Christ?”<br><br>This is sarcasm, a special type of irony used to mock or insult. Paul does not believe these false teachers actually serve Christ, only that they pretend to do so.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 30 is a paradox: “If I must boast, I will boast about what shows my weaknesses.” Paul does not explain why he would boast in his weakness until 2 Corinthians 12:9. ([2 Corinthians 11:30](../11/30.md))
 2CO	11	1	r4q6		ἀνείχεσθέ μου μικρόν τι ἀφροσύνης	1	bear with me in a little bit of foolishness	Alternate translation: “you would allow me allow me to act like a fool”
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	11	4	fs5z		καλῶς ἀνέχεσθε	1	you are bearing with it well	See how these words were translated in [2 Corinthians 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: “you are dealing correctly with these things”
 2CO	11	5	eet1	figs-irony	τῶν ὑπέρλίαν ἀποστόλων	1	those super-apostles	Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say there are. Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 2CO	11	6	f8d1	figs-litotes	οὐ τῇ γνώσει	1	I am not untrained in knowledge	This negative phrase emphasizes the positive truth that he is trained in knowledge. Alternate translation: “I am certainly trained in knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-2CO	11	6	n7xy	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ τῇ γνώσει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **knowledge**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I am trained to know what they know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2CO	11	6	n7xy	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ τῇ γνώσει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **knowledge**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I am trained to know what they know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	11	7	un9v	figs-rquestion	ἢ ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησα ἐμαυτὸν ταπεινῶν, ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑψωθῆτε, ὅτι δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν?	1	Or did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted?	Paul is beginning to claim that he treated the Corinthians well. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I think we agree that I did not sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2CO	11	7	ax51		δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν	1	freely preached the gospel of God to you	Alternate translation: “I preached the gospel of God to you without expecting anything from you in return”
 2CO	11	8	k6ds	figs-hyperbole	ἄλλας ἐκκλησίας ἐσύλησα	1	I robbed other churches	This is an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul received money from **churches** who were not obligated to give to him. Alternate translation: “I accepted money from other churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -485,12 +485,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	11	9	sqcf	figs-explicit	ἐν παντὶ ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω	1		The full meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I have done all I can to make sure you do not have to spend money so that I can be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	11	9	b35r		ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν…ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω	1	I will continue to do that	Alternate translation: “I never will be a burden to you”
 2CO	11	10	si2r		ἔστιν ἀλήθεια Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	the truth of Christ is in me	Paul is emphasizing that because his readers know that he tells the **truth** about **Christ**, they can know that he is telling the truth here. “As surely as you know that I truly know and proclaim the truth about Christ, you could know that what I am about to say is true”
-2CO	11	10	nae3	figs-activepassive	ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγήσεται εἰς ἐμὲ	1	this boasting of mine will not be silenced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	11	10	nae3	figs-activepassive	ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγήσεται εἰς ἐμὲ	1	this boasting of mine will not be silenced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	11	10	ua2i		ἡ καύχησις αὕτη…εἰς ἐμὲ	1	this boasting of mine	This refers to what Paul spoke about starting in ([2 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md)).
 2CO	11	11	zqu5	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί? ὅτι οὐκ ἀγαπῶ ὑμᾶς?	1	Why? Because I do not love you?	Paul uses rhetorical questions to emphasize love for the Corinthians. These questions can be combined or made into a statement. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could combine them or express them as statements. Alternate translation: “Is it because I do not love you that I do not want to be a burden to you?” or “I will continue to keep you from paying for my needs because this shows others that I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2CO	11	11	rj6f	figs-ellipsis	ὁ Θεὸς οἶδεν	1	God knows	You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “God knows I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2CO	11	12	d9sl	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἐκκόψω τὴν ἀφορμὴν τῶν θελόντων ἀφορμήν, ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται, εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς	1	in order that I may take away the opportunity	Paul speaks of a false claim that his enemies state as if it were something that he can carry away. Alternate translation: “so that I might make it impossible for those who are trying to get people to regard them as highly as they respect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2CO	11	12	t4js	figs-activepassive	εὑρεθῶσιν	1	they may be regarded as equal to us	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will think highly of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	11	12	t4js	figs-activepassive	εὑρεθῶσιν	1	they may be regarded as equal to us	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will think highly of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	11	13	ml66		οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι	1	For such people	Alternate translation: “I do what I do because people like them”
 2CO	11	13	nq3t		ἐργάται δόλιοι	1	deceitful workers	Alternate translation: “dishonest workers”
 2CO	11	13	y896		μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς ἀποστόλους	1	disguising themselves as apostles	Alternate translation: “are not apostles, but they try to make themselves look like apostles”
@@ -519,8 +519,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	11	23	qdcm	figs-hyperbole	ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως	1		This is exaggerated to emphasize that he had been beaten many, many times. Alternate translation: “I have been beaten too many times to bother counting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2CO	11	23	r6jv		ἐν θανάτοις πολλάκις	1	in facing many dangers of death	Alternate translation: “and I have almost died many times”
 2CO	11	24	ttz2		τεσσεράκοντα παρὰ μίαν	1	forty lashes minus one	This was a common expression for being whipped 39 times. In Jewish law the most they were allowed to whip a person at one time was forty lashes. So they commonly whipped a person thirty-nine times so that they would be guilty of whipping someone too many times if the accidentally counted wrong.
-2CO	11	25	u9xc	figs-activepassive	ἐραβδίσθην	1	I was beaten with rods	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people beat me with wooden rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2CO	11	25	xk9w	figs-activepassive	ἐλιθάσθην	1	I was stoned	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people threw stones at me until they thought I was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	11	25	u9xc	figs-activepassive	ἐραβδίσθην	1	I was beaten with rods	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people beat me with wooden rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	11	25	xk9w	figs-activepassive	ἐλιθάσθην	1	I was stoned	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people threw stones at me until they thought I was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	11	25	b4kz		νυχθήμερον ἐν τῷ βυθῷ πεποίηκα	1	I have spent a night and a day on the open sea	Paul was referring to floating in the water after the ship he was on sank.
 2CO	11	26	b3j9	figs-explicit	κινδύνοις ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις	1	in danger from false brothers	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and in danger from people who claimed to be brothers in Christ, but who betrayed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2CO	11	27	ds5h	figs-hyperbole	γυμνότητι	1	nakedness	Here Paul exaggerates to show his need of clothing. Alternate translation: “without enough clothing to keep me warm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	11	31	yx8z	figs-litotes	οὐ ψεύδομαι	1	I am not lying	Paul is using litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: “I am telling the absolute truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 2CO	11	32	n383		ὁ ἐθνάρχης Ἁρέτα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐφρούρει τὴν πόλιν	1	the governor under King Aretas was guarding the city	Alternate translation: “the governor whom King Aretas had appointed had told men to guard the city”
 2CO	11	32	j7de		πιάσαι με	1	to arrest me	Alternate translation: “so that they might catch and arrest me”
-2CO	11	33	i8xa	figs-activepassive	ἐν σαργάνῃ, ἐχαλάσθην	1	I was lowered in a basket	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people put me in a basket and lowered me to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	11	33	i8xa	figs-activepassive	ἐν σαργάνῃ, ἐχαλάσθην	1	I was lowered in a basket	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people put me in a basket and lowered me to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	11	33	aw7d	figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ	1	from his hands	Paul uses the governor’s **hands** as metonymy for the governor. Alternate translation: “from the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2CO	12	intro	abcf			0		# 2 Corinthians 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues defending his authority in this chapter.<br><br>When Paul was with the Corinthians, he proved himself to be an apostle by his powerful deeds. He had not ever taken anything from them. Now that he is coming for the third time, he will still not take anything. He hopes that when he visits, he will not need to be harsh with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Paul’s vision<br><br>Paul now defends his authority by telling about a wonderful vision of heaven. Although he speaks in the third person in verses 2-5, verse 7 indicates that he was the person who experienced the vision. It was so great, God gave him a physical handicap to keep him humble. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### Third heaven<br><br>Many scholars believe the “third” heaven is the dwelling place of God. This is because Scripture also uses “heaven” to refer to the sky (the “first” heaven) and the universe (the “second” heaven).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions as he defends himself against his enemies who accused him: “For how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that I was not a burden to you?” “Did Titus take advantage of you? Did we not walk in the same way? Did we not walk in the same steps?” and “Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Paul uses sarcasm, a special type of irony, when he reminds them how he had helped them at no cost. He says, “Forgive me for this wrong!” He also uses regular irony when he says: “But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit.” He uses it to introduce his defense against this accusation by showing how impossible it was to be true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 5 is a paradox: “I will not boast, except about my weaknesses.” Most people do not boast about being weak. This sentence in verse 10 is also a paradox: “For whenever I am weak, then I am strong.” In verse 9, Paul explains why both of these statements are true. ([2 Corinthians 12:5](../12/05.md))
 2CO	12	1	iwn3			0	Connecting Statement:	In defending his apostleship from God, Paul continues to state specific things that have happened to him since he became a believer.
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	12	2	cz7u		οἶδα ἄνθρωπον ἐν Χριστῷ	1	I know a man in Christ	Paul is actually speaking of himself as if he were speaking of someone else, but this should be translated literally if possible.
 2CO	12	2	fth2		εἴτε ἐν σώματι οὐκ οἶδα, εἴτε ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματος οὐκ οἶδα	1	whether in the body, I do not know, or out of the body, I do not know	Paul continues to describe himself as if this happened to another person. “I do not know if this man was in his physical body or in his spiritual body”
 2CO	12	2	k4aw		τρίτου οὐρανοῦ	1	the third heaven	Here, the **third heaven** refers to the dwelling place of God rather than the sky or outer space (the planets, stars, and the universe).
-2CO	12	4	qv5h		ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον	1	was caught up into paradise	Paul continues his account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God took this man into **paradise**. (2) an angel took this man into **paradise**. If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took him up to paradise” or “they took him up to paradise.”
+2CO	12	4	qv5h		ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον	1	was caught up into paradise	Paul continues his account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God took this man into **paradise**. (2) an angel took this man into **paradise**. If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took him up to paradise” or “they took him up to paradise.”
 2CO	12	4	wm7y		ἡρπάγη	1	caught up	Here, **caught up** refers to being suddenly and forcefully held and taken.
 2CO	12	4	ic45		τὸν Παράδεισον	1	paradise	Here, **paradise** could refer to: (1) heaven. (2) the third heaven. (3) a special place in heaven.
 2CO	12	5	hpq6		τοῦ τοιούτου	1	of such a person	Alternate translation: “of that person”
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	12	6	p8fm		μή τις εἰς ἐμὲ λογίσηται ὑπὲρ ὃ βλέπει με, ἢ ἀκούει ἐξ ἐμοῦ	1	no one will think more of me than what he sees in me or hears from me	Alternate translation: “no one will give me more credit than what he sees in me or hears from me”
 2CO	12	7	v5s7			0	General Information:	This verse reveals that Paul was speaking about himself beginning in [2 Corinthians 12:2](../12/02.md).
 2CO	12	7	xxi2		τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ἀποκαλύψεων	1	because of the surpassing greatness of the revelations	Alternate translation: “because those revelations were so much greater than anything anyone else had ever seen”
-2CO	12	7	hu8g	figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί	1	a thorn in the flesh was given to me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave me a thorn in the flesh” or “God allowed me to have a thorn in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	12	7	hu8g	figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί	1	a thorn in the flesh was given to me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave me a thorn in the flesh” or “God allowed me to have a thorn in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	12	7	q5e7	figs-metaphor	σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί	1	a thorn in the flesh	Here Paul’s physical problems are compared to a **thorn** piercing his **flesh**. Alternate translation: “an affliction” or “a physical problem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	12	7	q7lz		ἄγγελος Σατανᾶ	1	a messenger from Satan	Alternate translation: “a servant of Satan”
 2CO	12	7	ehp9		μὴ ὑπεραίρωμαι	2	overly proud	Alternate translation: “I would not become too proud”
@@ -568,11 +568,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	12	10	t7qg		ὅταν γὰρ ἀσθενῶ, τότε δυνατός εἰμι	1	For whenever I am weak, then I am strong	Paul is saying that when he is no longer **strong** enough to do what needs to be done, Christ, who is more powerful than Paul could ever be, will work through Paul to do what needs to be done. However, it would be best to translate these words literally, if your language allows.
 2CO	12	11	a1ym		γέγονα ἄφρων	1	I have become a fool	Alternate translation: “I am acting like a fool”
 2CO	12	11	pzw1		ὑμεῖς με ἠναγκάσατε	1	You forced me to this	Alternate translation: “You forced me to talk this way”
-2CO	12	11	v2lr	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ…ὤφειλον ὑφ’ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι	1	I should have been commended by you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should have praised me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	12	11	v2lr	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ…ὤφειλον ὑφ’ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι	1	I should have been commended by you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should have praised me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	12	11	f644		συνίστασθαι	1	commended	See how you translated similar phrases in ([3:1](../03/01.md)) and ([4:2](../04/02.md)). Alternate translation: “been praised” or “been recommended”
 2CO	12	11	h4d5	figs-litotes	οὐδὲν γὰρ ὑστέρησα	1	For I was not at all inferior	By using the negative form, Paul is saying strongly that those Corinthians who think that he is **inferior** are wrong. Alternate translation: “For I am just as good as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 2CO	12	11	s82x	figs-irony	τῶν ὑπέρλίαν ἀποστόλων	1	super-apostles	Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say they are. See how this is translated in [2 Corinthians 11:5](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-2CO	12	12	kp5l	figs-activepassive	τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη	1	indeed the signs of an apostle were performed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form with emphasis on the **signs**, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	12	12	kp5l	figs-activepassive	τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη	1	indeed the signs of an apostle were performed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form with emphasis on the **signs**, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	12	12	d4um		σημείοις τε, καὶ τέρασιν, καὶ δυνάμεσιν	1	signs and wonders and mighty deeds	These are the “signs of an apostle” that Paul performed “with all perseverance.”
 2CO	12	13	z35e	figs-rquestion	τί γάρ ἐστιν ὃ ἡσσώθητε ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας, εἰ μὴ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν?	1	how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that … you?	Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians are wrong to accuse him of wanting to do them harm. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I treated you the same way I treated all the other churches, except that I myself did not burden you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2CO	12	13	d426		αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν	1	I was not a burden to you	Alternate translation: “I did not ask you for money or other things I needed”
@@ -596,16 +596,16 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2CO	12	19	vg3u	figs-metaphor	ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν οἰκοδομῆς	1	for your strengthening	Paul speaks of knowing how to obey God and desiring to obey him as if it were physical growth. Alternate translation: “so that you would know God and obey him better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2CO	12	20	cu6s		οὐχ οἵους θέλω, εὕρω ὑμᾶς	1	I may not find you as I wish	Alternate translation: “I may not like what I find” or “I may not like what I see you doing”
 2CO	12	20	zy6g		κἀγὼ εὑρεθῶ ὑμῖν οἷον οὐ θέλετε	1	I may not be found by you as you wish	Alternate translation: “you might not like what you see in me”
-2CO	12	20	rh1h	figs-abstractnouns	μή πως ἔρις, ζῆλος, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, καταλαλιαί, ψιθυρισμοί, φυσιώσεις, ἀκαταστασίαι	1	there may be quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. This could mean: (1) some of you will be arguing with us, jealous of us, suddenly becoming very angry with us, trying to take our places as leaders, speaking falsely about us, telling about our private lives, being proud, and opposing us as we try to lead you. (2) some of you will be arguing with each other, jealous of each other, suddenly becoming very angry with each other, quarreling with each other over who will be the leader, speaking falsely about each other, telling about each other’s private lives, being proud, and opposing those whom God has chosen to lead you. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2CO	12	20	rh1h	figs-abstractnouns	μή πως ἔρις, ζῆλος, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, καταλαλιαί, ψιθυρισμοί, φυσιώσεις, ἀκαταστασίαι	1	there may be quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder**, you can express the same ideas with verbal forms. This could mean: (1) some of you will be arguing with us, jealous of us, suddenly becoming very angry with us, trying to take our places as leaders, speaking falsely about us, telling about our private lives, being proud, and opposing us as we try to lead you. (2) some of you will be arguing with each other, jealous of each other, suddenly becoming very angry with each other, quarreling with each other over who will be the leader, speaking falsely about each other, telling about each other’s private lives, being proud, and opposing those whom God has chosen to lead you. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	12	21	ddw3		πενθήσω πολλοὺς τῶν προημαρτηκότων,	1	I might be grieved by many of those who have sinned	Alternate translation: “I will be grieved because many of them have not given up their old sins”
 2CO	12	21	hq1e	figs-parallelism	μὴ μετανοησάντων ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ ἀσελγείᾳ	1	did not repent of the impurity and sexual immorality and lustful indulgence	This could mean: (1) Paul is saying almost the same thing three times for emphasis. Alternate translation: “did not stop commiting the sexual sins that they practiced” (2) Paul is speaking of three different sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-2CO	12	21	rh22	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ	1	of the impurity	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **impurity**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of secretly thinking about and desiring things that do not please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2CO	12	21	rn6u	figs-abstractnouns	πορνείᾳ	1	of the … sexual immorality	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sexual immorality**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of doing sexually immoral deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2CO	12	21	yyr5	figs-abstractnouns	ἀσελγείᾳ	1	of the … lustful indulgence	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **lustful indulgence**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “doing things that satisfy immoral sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2CO	12	21	rh22	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ	1	of the impurity	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **impurity**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of secretly thinking about and desiring things that do not please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2CO	12	21	rn6u	figs-abstractnouns	πορνείᾳ	1	of the … sexual immorality	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sexual immorality**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of doing sexually immoral deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2CO	12	21	yyr5	figs-abstractnouns	ἀσελγείᾳ	1	of the … lustful indulgence	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **lustful indulgence**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “doing things that satisfy immoral sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2CO	13	intro	abcg			0		# 2 Corinthians 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul finishes defending his authority. He then concludes the letter with a final greeting and blessing.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Preparation<br><br>Paul instructs the Corinthians as he prepares to visit them. He is hoping to avoid needing to discipline anyone in the church so he can visit them joyfully. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Power and weakness<br><br>Paul repeatedly uses the contrasting words “power” and “weakness” in this chapter. The translator should use words that are understood to be opposites of each other.<br><br>### “Examine yourselves to see if you are in the faith. Test yourselves.”<br><br>Scholars are divided over what these sentences mean. Some scholars say that Christians are to test themselves to see whether their actions align with their Christian faith. The context favors this understanding. Others say these sentences mean that Christians should look at their actions and question whether they are genuinely saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
-2CO	13	1	slj1	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	Every matter must be established by the evidence of two or three witnesses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Believe that someone has done something wrong only after two or three people have said the same thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	13	1	slj1	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	Every matter must be established by the evidence of two or three witnesses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Believe that someone has done something wrong only after two or three people have said the same thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	13	2	fxl6		τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν	1	all the rest	Alternate translation: “all you other people”
-2CO	13	4	a1bf	figs-activepassive	καὶ…ἐσταυρώθη	1	he was crucified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2CO	13	4	a1bf	figs-activepassive	καὶ…ἐσταυρώθη	1	he was crucified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2CO	13	5	sbx4		ἐν ὑμῖν	1	in you	Here, **in you** could mean: (1) Jesus is living inside each individual. (2) Jesus is living among them, part of and the most important member of the group.
 2CO	13	7	u75e	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς κακὸν μηδέν	1	that you may not do any wrong	If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … wrong**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you will do everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 2CO	13	7	gt2e		δόκιμοι	1	to have passed the test	Alternate translation: “to be great teachers and live the truth”

en_tn_51-PHP.tsv

@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ PHP	3	6	hln8	figs-explicit	κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμ
 PHP	3	7	i2td	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1		This entire verse is Paul’s response to the seven things he listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md), which he once considered to be spiritually and religiously profitable to himself. In this verse Paul contrasts his former way of viewing things when he was a Pharisee with his new way of viewing things now that he believes in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 PHP	3	7	lb8f	figs-metaphor	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1	a profit … loss	In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the words **gains** and **loss** were common business terms used for accounting to describe things a business person determined to be either profitable or unprofitable. Here, Paul is using these two terms metaphorically to portray the things he considers spiritually profitable and unprofitable. If your language has similar business or accounting terms that would be natural to use in this context, consider using them here. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly counted as gains, these things I now count as loss for the sake of Christ” or “Whatever things I formerly accounted as gains, these things I now account as loss for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	3	7	n4lg	figs-explicit	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1	Whatever was a profit for me	Here, the phrase **Whatever was profit to me** refers specifically to the list of seven things that Paul has just listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) and to anything else in which he would have put confidence before he believed in Christ. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly considered profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	3	7	nwdi	figs-abstractnouns	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **profit**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **profit** by using an adjective such as **profitable**, or you can express it in some other way. Alternate translation: “Whatever things were profitable for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+PHP	3	7	nwdi	figs-abstractnouns	ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **profit**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **profit** by using an adjective such as **profitable**, or you can express it in some other way. Alternate translation: “Whatever things were profitable for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	7	yxtx	figs-abstractnouns	ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **loss**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **loss** by using a verbal phrase such as “worth losing”. Alternate translation: “I consider these things worth losing for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	8	e1fp	figs-metaphor	ἀλλὰ μενοῦνγε καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου, δι’ ὃν τὰ πάντα ἐζημιώθην καὶ ἡγοῦμαι σκύβαλα, ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω	1	I consider even all things to be loss	In this verse Paul continues the business metaphor which he began in [3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	3	8	epts		ἡγοῦμαι	1		See how you translated the word **consider** in [3:7](../03/07.md).

en_tn_52-COL.tsv

@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ COL	3	13	lkdl	figs-simile	καθὼς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἐχαρίσατ
 COL	3	13	l0kr	figs-ellipsis	οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	may have a complaint against	Paul leaves out words that could be needed in some languages to make a complete statement. If your language needs these words, you could supply words such as “forgive one another.” Alternate translation: “so also you should forgive each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 COL	3	14	l1ik	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ πᾶσιν δὲ τούτοις, τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here Paul speaks as if **love** is higher than, or **above**, all the things he has said. By this, he means that **love** is more important than **all these things**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively with a word such as “important” or “essential.” Alternate translation: “But what is most essential is love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	14	mlfc	figs-ellipsis	τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here Paul omits some words that may be required in your language to make a complete thought. If your language would include more words, you could insert the words that Paul implies, which can be found in [3:12](../03/12.md): “put on.” Alternate translation: “put on love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-COL	3	14	c5o7	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **love**, you could express the idea by using a verb. If your language requires you to specify who the Colossians are supposed to “love,” you can clarify that Paul has other believers in mind first, but he is also thinking of God. Alternate translation: “love one another” or “love each other and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+COL	3	14	c5o7	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **love**, you can express the idea by using a verb. If your language requires you to specify who the Colossians are supposed to “love,” you can clarify that Paul has other believers in mind first, but he is also thinking of God. Alternate translation: “love one another” or “love each other and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	3	14	x5g8	figs-metaphor	ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here, **the bond of perfection** is a metaphor for something that brings people together in perfect unity. This could refer to (1) the perfect unity in community that Paul wishes for believers. Alternate translation: “which brings you together in perfect unity” (2) the perfect unity that love brings to all Christian virtues. Alternate translation: “which brings all these virtues together to perfection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	3	14	bp1w	figs-possession	σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe: (1) **the bond** that leads to **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the bond that brings perfection” (2) **the bond** that has **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	3	14	welw	figs-abstractnouns	σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος	1	love, which is the bond of perfection	If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **perfection**, you can express the idea by an adjective such as “perfect” or a verb such as “complete.” Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” or “the bond that completes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

en_tn_56-2TI.tsv

@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	4	rh2i	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν	1	will both turn their ear away from the truth	Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning their ears away so that they could not hear. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	4	p105	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν	1	will both turn their ear away from the truth	Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean listening. Listening, in turn, figuratively means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	4	xrv7	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται	1	be turned aside to myths	Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if someone were getting them to wander off in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	4	4	p106	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται	1	be turned aside to myths	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TI	4	4	p106	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται	1	be turned aside to myths	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	5	ehz7	figs-metaphor	νῆφε	1	be sober	Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and so he speaks as if he wanted them to be sober rather than drunk. Alternate translation: “think clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	5	tv3k		εὐαγγελιστοῦ	1	of an evangelist	Alternate translation: “of a person who proclaims the good news about Jesus”
 2TI	4	6	p107		ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	While Paul speaks of his death as **already** happening, he means that it is an event that will happen soon. Alternate translation: “I will soon be poured out”

en_tn_60-JAS.tsv

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ JAS	1	4	unh4	figs-doublet	τέλειοι καὶ ὁλόκληροι	1	perfect a
 JAS	1	4	l7ef		ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι	1	lacking in nothing	You could state this positively in your translation. Alternate translation: “having all that you need” or “being all that you need to be”
 JAS	1	5	du7z	figs-abstractnouns	λείπεται σοφίας	1	lacks wisdom	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “is not sure what would be the wise thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	1	5	q2df		αἰτείτω παρὰ…Θεοῦ	1	let him ask from God	Alternate translation: “let him ask God”
-JAS	1	5	xu31	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	1	5	xu31	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	1	6	j010	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πίστει	1	in faith	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “confidently trusting God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	1	6	y2mk	figs-doublenegatives	μηδὲν διακρινόμενος	1	doubting nothing	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative that consists of the negative verb **doubting** and the negative object **nothing**, you could use a positive expression to translate it. Alternate translation: “with complete certainty that God will answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JAS	1	6	p12l	figs-simile	ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ	1	has become like a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed	The point of this comparison is that anyone who doubts will be like the waves in the ocean, which keep moving in different directions. In your translation, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “will keep changing his mind about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ JAS	2	11	j115	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	James is giving the rea
 JAS	2	11	ez11	figs-explicit	ὁ…εἰπών	1	the one who said	James is referring implicitly to God, who spoke the commandments quoted in this verse when he gave the law to Moses. Alternate translation: “God who said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	11	c8jm	figs-youcrowd	μὴ μοιχεύσῃς…μὴ φονεύσῃς…οὐ μοιχεύεις…φονεύεις…γέγονας	1	Do not commit adultery … Do not murder … you do not commit adultery … you do murder … you have become	The implied “you” in the two commandments that James quotes in this verse is singular because, even though Moses gave these laws to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was expected to obey them. The word **you** is also singular in the rest of the verse because James is carrying forward that usage from the commandments. So in your translation, use the singular form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 JAS	2	12	c6y8	figs-you	οὕτως λαλεῖτε, καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε	1	Thus speak and thus act	The implied “you” in these imperatives is plural. James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of his letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction and if it reflects it in imperatives. Alternate translation: “Speak and act in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JAS	2	12	yp6i	figs-activepassive	μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι	1	ones who are going to be judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	12	yp6i	figs-activepassive	μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι	1	ones who are going to be judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	12	e87r	figs-possession	νόμου ἐλευθερίας	1	the law of freedom	As in [1:25](../01/25.md), James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. Alternate translation: “the law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JAS	2	12	j116	figs-abstractnouns	νόμου ἐλευθερίας	1	the law of freedom	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **freedom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	2	12	j117	figs-explicit	νόμου ἐλευθερίας	1	the law of freedom	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ JAS	2	20	j155	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργ
 JAS	2	21	q8iv	figs-rquestion	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον?	1	Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	2	21	j156	figs-explicit	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον?	1	Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar?	James assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the book of Genesis. In that story, God tells Abraham to offer his son Isaac as a sacrifice, but God does not really want Abraham to do that. Rather, God wants Abraham to demonstrate his faith and obedience by showing that he is willing to do it. God ultimately stops Abraham from sacrificing his son Isaac. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story and if they would think that Abraham actually did offer his son as a sacrifice. Alternate translation, as a statement: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he demonstrated that he was willing to obey God even if that meant offering his son Isaac as a sacrifice, although God did not actually want him to do that and God stopped him from doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	21	v3ft	figs-explicit	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη	1	Was not Abraham our father justified by works	See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Rather, as James will explain in more detail in the next two verses, God had previously declared Abraham to be righteous because Abraham believed in him. What Abraham did subsequently, when he proved that he was willing to obey God, demonstrated that his faith was genuine. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous because what he did demonstrated that he genuinely believed in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JAS	2	21	j157	figs-activepassive	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη	1	Was not Abraham our father justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	21	j157	figs-activepassive	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη	1	Was not Abraham our father justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	21	j158	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ	1	Abraham … Isaac	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JAS	2	21	ph1s	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν	1	our father	James is using the term **father** figuratively to mean “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	2	21	j159	figs-exclusive	ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν	1	our father	James is Jewish, descended from Abraham, and the people to whom he is writing also come from a Jewish background, so the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ JAS	2	24	yha5	figs-activepassive	δικαιοῦται	1	is justified	If your la
 JAS	2	24	j168	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον	1	from works and not from faith alone	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “by what he does and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	2	24	j169	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον	1	from works and not from faith alone	See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that we need to add works to our faith in order to be justified. Rather, James is speaking of works that are an expression and proof of the saving faith that a person already has. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that James is saying that we have to add works to our faith in order for God to consider us righteous. Alternate translation: “by what he does as an expression of what he believes, and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	25	dcv5	figs-rquestion	ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα?	1	And similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified from works, having welcomed the messengers and having sent them away by another road?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rahab the prostitute was also justified similarly from works when she welcomed the messengers and sent them away by another road.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JAS	2	25	j170	figs-activepassive	ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη	1	similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	25	j170	figs-activepassive	ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη	1	similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	25	hir8	figs-explicit	ὁμοίως	1	similarly	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **similarly** means in this context. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Abraham,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	25	j171	translate-names	Ῥαὰβ	1	Rahab	**Rahab** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JAS	2	25	bx6i	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἔργων	1	from works	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **works**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what she did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ JAS	5	8	j319		μακροθυμήσατε καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You also wait pa
 JAS	5	8	bbn1	figs-metaphor	στηρίξατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν	1	Strengthen your hearts	James is using the **heart** figuratively to represent the will. Alternate translation: “Stay committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	8	jw3b		ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Κυρίου ἤγγικεν	1	the coming of the Lord has come near	James is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. (By **near** he means near in time. This is not a spatial metaphor.) Alternate translation: “Jesus will return soon” or “the Lord Jesus will return soon”
 JAS	5	9	k74r	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	5	9	z3p7	figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you may be not judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	5	9	z3p7	figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you may be not judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	9	ita4	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ κριτὴς	1	Behold, the judge	The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Alternate translation: “Be aware that the judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	9	g938	figs-metaphor	ὁ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν	1	the judge is standing at the door	James is figuratively comparing Jesus to a judge who is just about to walk into a courtroom. Alternate translation: “Jesus will soon return and judge everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	10	j320		ὑπόδειγμα λάβετε, ἀδελφοί, τῆς κακοπαθίας	1	Take an example, brothers, of the suffering	Alternate translation: “Take as your example, brothers, the suffering”
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ JAS	5	15	j329	figs-possession	ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει
 JAS	5	15	j330	figs-nominaladj	ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα	1	the prayer of faith will save the sick	James is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the prayer that is offered in faith will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	5	15	c8q6	figs-personification	ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα	1	the prayer of faith will save the sick	James is speaking figuratively of this **prayer** as if it would heal the sick person itself. Alternate translation: “in answer to this prayer that is offered in faith, God will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	5	15	ei3q	figs-metonymy	ἐγερεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord will raise him up	James is speaking figuratively of the sick person’s restoration to health by association with the way that the person will get **up** out of bed when he recovers. Alternate translation: “the Lord will make him well” or “the Lord will enable him to resume his regular activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JAS	5	15	j331	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	5	15	j331	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	16	dl5k	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	James uses **Therefore** to introduce something that believers should do as a result of what he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain in more detail what he means, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	5	16	mzk8	figs-activepassive	ἰαθῆτε	1	you may be healed	If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	16	j332		πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη	1	The working prayer of the righteous is very strong	The term **working** has the sense of an adverb rather than an adjective. Alternate translation: “The prayer of the righteous is very strong as it is working” or “The prayer of the righteous is very strong in its effects”

en_tn_62-2PE.tsv

@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	20	s4k2	figs-infostructure	πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται	1	every prophecy of scripture does not coms from one’s own interpretation	Here, **one’s own interpretation** could mean: (1) that the Old Testament prophets did not base any of their prophecies on their own interpretations of what God had said, but only prophesied what God revealed to them. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of information. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to his own interpretation” (2) that no individual person can interpret scripture on his or her own, but only with the help of the Holy Spirit and the larger community of believers. Alternate translation: “no one is able to explain any prophecy in the Bible through his own ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 2PE	1	20	p5xo	figs-abstractnouns	ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως	1		The word **interpretation** is an abstract noun that represents an action. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could use a verb. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to what he himself thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	21	isqj	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows is the reason that the statement of the previous verse is true. It could mean: (1) the prophets could not prophesy according to their own interpretations, because true prophecy could only come from the Holy Spirit. (2) no one can interpret prophecy without help from the Holy Spirit, because the prophecy came from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	1	21	evx4	figs-activepassive	οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	1	21	evx4	figs-activepassive	οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	21	yxdx	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **will**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase, such as “what a man desires.” Alternate translation: “no prophecy was ever made according to what a man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	21	x2hv	figs-gendernotations	θελήματι ἀνθρώπου	1		Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2PE	1	21	mh2s	figs-metaphor	ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι	1	men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit	Peter speaks figuratively of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	4	c2ak	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς κρίσιν	1	to judgment	This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the sinning angels are being held in captivity. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	2	4	plhp	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίσιν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could translate it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	4	e0ue	figs-explicit	εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους	1		This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	4	ppvc	figs-activepassive	εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active verbal form and you can indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	4	ppvc	figs-activepassive	εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active verbal form and you can indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	5	zx4k	grammar-connect-condition-fact	καὶ	1		Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 2PE	2	5	hpv7	figs-metonymy	ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1	he did not spare the ancient world	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	5	f000		οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1		As in [2:4](../02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	14	xb2q	figs-explicit	δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους	1		This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	14	wt89	figs-synecdoche	δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους	1	enticing unstable souls	Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2PE	2	14	mn07	figs-explicit	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	14	xgkb	figs-activepassive	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	14	xgkb	figs-activepassive	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	14	c55u	figs-metonymy	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1	hearts trained in covetousness	Peter is using **hearts** figuratively to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	14	sbp2	figs-abstractnouns	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **covetousness**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	14	sv4r	figs-idiom	κατάρας τέκνα	1		Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	20	lu22	figs-metonymy	τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου	1	the impurities of the world	Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	20	bi73	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	20	zxcf	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος	1		Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2PE	2	20	ih4w	figs-activepassive	τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	20	ih4w	figs-activepassive	τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	20	ygag	figs-metaphor	πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες	1		Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this is a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	20	noa9	writing-pronouns	τούτοις	1		Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	20	d6ra	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	21	ic3c	figs-metaphor	ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	1	to turn away from the holy commandment	Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	21	j7s6	figs-genericnoun	τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	2		Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 2PE	2	21	xwid	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	2		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **commandment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	21	blr5	figs-activepassive	τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	1	the holy commandment delivered to them	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	21	blr5	figs-activepassive	τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	1	the holy commandment delivered to them	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	22	hqr3	writing-pronouns	συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας	1	This has happened to them according to the true proverb	Here, **This** refers to the **proverb** Peter states later in this verse. It does not refer back to a statement from the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “What this true proverb says has happened to them” or “This true proverb describes what happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	22	pc36	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	This has happened to them according to the true proverb	Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	22	h42r	writing-proverbs	κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου	1	A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig to wallowing in the mud	Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate what the false teachers have done. These proverbs make a figurative comparison: Just as a dog returns to eat its own vomit and a washed pig rolls in the mud again, so these false teachers, who once stopped living a sinful life, have now gone back to living sinfully. Although they knew “the way of righteousness,” they went back to doing the things that defile them morally and spiritually. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning, you could translate these proverbs as similes. Alternate translation: “They are like dogs that eat their own vomit or like clean pigs that go back to rolling in the mud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	5	s77f		ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα	1	had been formed from water and through water	This clause refers to God causing the land to come up **out of** and **through** the **water**, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
 2PE	3	5	o7sz	figs-metonymy	τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ	1		Here, **the word of God** refers to the God’s specific commands by which the earth was created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the commands of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	3	6	jh4r	writing-pronouns	δι’ ὧν	1	through which	Here, **which** refers both to God’s word and water. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the word of God and water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	3	6	nyb7	figs-activepassive	ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	6	nyb7	figs-activepassive	ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	6	hvc3		ὁ τότε κόσμος	1		Here, **at that time** refers to the time when the world existed before the flood. It does not refer to the exact time when the universe was created. Alternate translation: “the world that existed then”
 2PE	3	6	xm5i		ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς	1		This phrase indicates the means by which the ancient world was destroyed. Alternate translation: “by having been flooded by water”
 2PE	3	7	alp6	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ	1		Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If your readers would misunderstand this contrast, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -418,14 +418,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	10	w6ma	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Here, **But** indicates a contrast between what the mockers believed about God and what God will really do. Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 2PE	3	10	c5m1	figs-simile	ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης	1	the day of the Lord will come as a thief	Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 2PE	3	10	fu2q	writing-pronouns	κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ	1		Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	3	10	z32k	figs-activepassive	στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form and you can indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	10	z32k	figs-activepassive	στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in an active form and you can indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	10	zgd3		στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται	1		Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed”
 2PE	3	10	lz8t		στοιχεῖα δὲ καυσούμενα λυθήσεται	1		Here, **being burned up** refers to the means by which the elements will be destroyed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the elements will be destroyed by means of burning” or “and the elements will be destroyed by means of fire”
 2PE	3	10	j1gj	figs-activepassive	γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται	1	the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed	God will see all the **earth** and all the **deeds** of everyone, and he will then judge everything. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active terms. Alternate translation: “God will find the earth and the deeds in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	10	qnu5	figs-explicit	γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται	1		Here, **deeds** refers to the actions of people on the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the earth and what people have done in it will be found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	10	z9f6		γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται	1		Here, **found** indicates that the removal of the heavens and elements will leave the earth and what has been done on it exposed for God to see and judge. Alternate translation: “the earth and the deeds in it will be exposed” or “the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed”
 2PE	3	11	buq4	grammar-connect-logic-result	τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων	1		This clause indicates the reason for the expected result that follows in the rest of the verse. Peter tells his readers that God’s future destruction of heaven and earth should result in them living holy and godly lives. Alternate translation: “Because of all of these things being thus destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	3	11	nq63	figs-activepassive	τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	11	nq63	figs-activepassive	τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	11	tpfg	writing-pronouns	τούτων	1		Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	11	t8wx	figs-rquestion	ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς?	1		Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this emphasis, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. If it you translate these words as a statement, then you will need to change the question mark at the end of the next verse into a period. Alternate translation: “it is certainly necessary for you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2PE	3	11	qoui	figs-ellipsis	ἐν ἁγίαις ἀναστροφαῖς καὶ εὐσεβείαις	1		Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “living with holy behaviors and godly acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	15	pd30	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **patience** and **salvation**, you could translate the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “that our Lord is patient to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	15	vbso	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	15	vo82	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος	1		Peter is using the term **brother** figuratively to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
-2PE	3	15	nnd7	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν	1	according to the wisdom having been given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	15	nnd7	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν	1	according to the wisdom having been given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	15	esr7	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	16	zzko	figs-explicit	ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς	1		Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	16	wil1	writing-pronouns	λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

en_tn_63-1JN.tsv

@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	11	j081	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	because the darkness has blinded his eyes	John is using blindness figuratively to mean a loss of moral sense. Alternate translation: “because his evil thoughts are keeping him from knowing right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	12	in8n	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	little children	The term **little children** here could refer to: (1) all of the believers to whom John is writing. This is the way that he uses this term in [2:1](../02/01.md) and in several other places in this letter. See the explanation of it in two of the notes to [2:1](../02/01.md). If that is the sense, then John divides the believers into only two groups in verses 12-14, the older ones and the younger ones. See the UST. Or it could refer to: (2) only some of the believers. In that case, John is addressing the believers in three different groups in verses 12-14, and this group would figuratively represent new believers, that is, those who have very recently put their faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of their sins. This would also apply to the similar term in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “new believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	12	y00g		ὅτι	1		The word translated as **because** here could also be translated as “that.” In other words, what follows this word could be either: (1) the reason that John is writing or (2) the content that John wants to communicate. This also applies to the same phrase that is used several times in verses 13 and 14. Alternate translation: “that”
-1JN	2	12	ed41	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	your sins have been forgiven	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	2	12	ed41	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	your sins have been forgiven	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	2	12	j082	writing-pronouns	διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	because of his name	The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	2	12	yjy8	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	because of his name	John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “on account of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	2	13	kue2	figs-metaphor	πατέρες	1	fathers	The term **fathers** here is likely a figurative description of one part of the believers. In that case, it could mean either: (1) “mature believers” or (2) “church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	19	j114	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν, μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	For if they had been from us, they would have remained with us	John is presenting a situation that is not real to help his readers recognize why the claim that he is making is true. Alternate translation: “We know that they were not genuinely part of our group because they did not continue to participate in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 1JN	2	19	jin1	figs-metaphor	μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	they would have remained with us	See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to refer to continuing participation in a group. Alternate translation: “they would have continued to participate in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	19	j115	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	but so that they would be made apparent, that they are all not from us	John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “but they left us so that their actions would reveal that all of them were not genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1JN	2	19	j116	figs-activepassive	ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν	1	so that they would be made apparent	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could express this with an active form, and you can state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	2	19	j116	figs-activepassive	ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν	1	so that they would be made apparent	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you can express this with an active form, and you can state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	2	19	j117		οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	they are all not from us	The word **all** refers to all the people who left the group. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “none of them are from us” or “none of them were genuinely part of our group”
 1JN	2	20	j118	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the people who left the group and the remaining believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “However,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1JN	2	20	i3m1	figs-abstractnouns	ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	you have an anointing from the Holy One	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **anointing**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has anointed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])